Search Results

Search found 8532 results on 342 pages for 'packet examples'.

Page 341/342 | < Previous Page | 337 338 339 340 341 342  | Next Page >

  • Windows could not start Apache 2 on the local computer

    - by andig
    After installing PHP 5.3, Windows is unable to start Apache 2.2. Apache's error log is empty, no error message on startup: C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k start C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k stop The Apache2.2 service is not started. C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k config Reconfiguring the Apache2.2 service The Apache2.2 service is successfully installed. Testing httpd.conf.... Errors reported here must be corrected before the service can be started. I have no clue where to look for the cause. php5apache2_2.dll is copied to the Apache modules folder. The configuration looks like this: LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" Where and how can I start diagnosis? The only hint I have so far is that startup fails as soon as a PHP module is enabled in the configuration. Is there a way to get more details out of the Apache startup process? This is the http.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Programme/Apache" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Programme/Apache/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Programme/Apache" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so #LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule proxy_scgi_module modules/mod_proxy_scgi.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so #LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #!! LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName localhost:8080 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/data/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/data/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel debug <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://localhost/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://localhost/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #!! <IfModule mod_php5.c> AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .php5 AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps </IfModule>

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • .htaccess not working (mod_rewrite)

    - by Mike Curry
    Edit: I am pretty sure my .htaccess file is NOT being executed, and the problem is NOT with my rewrite rules. I have not having any luck getting my .htaccess with mod_rewrite working. Basically all I am trying to do is remove 'www' from "http://www.site.com" and "https://www.site.com". If there is anything I am missing (conf files, etc let me know I willl update this) I jsut can't see whats wrong here... I am using a 1&1 VPS III Virtual private server... anyone ever have this issue? I am using Ubuntu 8.04 Server LTS. Here is my .htaccess file (located @ /var/www/site/trunk/html/) Options +FollowSymLinks RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www\.(.*) [NC] RewriteRule (.*) //%1/$1 [L,R=301] My mod_rewrite is enabled: The auto regenerated sym link is there in mods-available and /usr/lib/apache2/modules/ contains mod_rewrite.so root@s15348441:/etc/apache2/mods-available# more rewrite.load LoadModule rewrite_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_rewrite.so root@s15348441:/var/log# apache2ctl -t -D DUMP_MODULES Loaded Modules: core_module (static) log_config_module (static) logio_module (static) mpm_prefork_module (static) http_module (static) so_module (static) alias_module (shared) auth_basic_module (shared) authn_file_module (shared) authz_default_module (shared) authz_groupfile_module (shared) authz_host_module (shared) authz_user_module (shared) autoindex_module (shared) cgi_module (shared) dir_module (shared) env_module (shared) mime_module (shared) negotiation_module (shared) php5_module (shared) rewrite_module (shared) setenvif_module (shared) ssl_module (shared) status_module (shared) Syntax OK My apache config files: apache2.conf # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "/var/log/apache2/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "" will be interpreted by the # server as "//var/log/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.1/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # #<IfModule !mpm_winnt.c> #<IfModule !mpm_netware.c> LockFile /var/lock/apache2/accept.lock #</IfModule> #</IfModule> # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 15 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.load Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include /etc/apache2/ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # # ServerTokens # This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response # Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type # and compiled in modules. # Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod # where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. # ServerTokens Full # # Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host # name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory # listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated # documents or custom error documents). # Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. # Set to one of: On | Off | EMail # ServerSignature On # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses. # # We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to # our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use # includes to substitute the appropriate text. # # You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the # default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line: # # Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/" # # which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the # /usr/share/apache2/error/include/ files and copying them to /your/include/path/, # even on a per-VirtualHost basis. The default include files will display # your Apache version number and your ServerAdmin email address regardless # of the setting of ServerSignature. # # The internationalized error documents require mod_alias, mod_include # and mod_negotiation. To activate them, uncomment the following 30 lines. # Alias /error/ "/usr/share/apache2/error/" # # <Directory "/usr/share/apache2/error"> # AllowOverride None # Options IncludesNoExec # AddOutputFilter Includes html # AddHandler type-map var # Order allow,deny # Allow from all # LanguagePriority en cs de es fr it nl sv pt-br ro # ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback # </Directory> # # ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var # ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var # ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var # ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var # ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var # ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var # ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var # ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var # ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var # ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var # ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var # ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var # ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var # ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var # ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include /etc/apache2/conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/ My default config file for www on apache NameVirtualHost *:80 <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] #SSLEnable #SSLVerifyClient none #SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt #SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key DocumentRoot /var/www/site/trunk/html <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/site/trunk/html> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride all Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined ServerSignature On Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> My ssl config file NameVirtualHost *:443 <VirtualHost *:443> ServerAdmin [email protected] #SSLEnable #SSLVerifyClient none #SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt #SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key DocumentRoot /var/www/site/trunk/html <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/site/trunk/html> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride all Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn SSLEngine On SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined ServerSignature On Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> My /etc/apache2/httpd.conf is blank The directory /etc/apache2/conf.d has nothing in it but one file (charset) contents of /etc/apache2/conf.dcharset # Read the documentation before enabling AddDefaultCharset. # In general, it is only a good idea if you know that all your files # have this encoding. It will override any encoding given in the files # in meta http-equiv or xml encoding tags. #AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 My apache error.log [Wed Jun 03 00:12:31 2009] [error] [client 216.168.43.234] client sent HTTP/1.1 request without hostname (see RFC2616 section 14.23): /w00tw00t.at.ISC.SANS.DFind:) [Wed Jun 03 05:03:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:03:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:48 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:57 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:17:28 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:26:23 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 05:26:34 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 06:03:41 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 06:03:51 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 06:25:07 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 06:25:17 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 12:09:25 2009] [error] [client 61.139.105.163] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/fastenv [Wed Jun 03 15:04:42 2009] [notice] Graceful restart requested, doing restart [Wed Jun 03 15:04:43 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 15:29:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:29:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:30:32 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:45:54 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 15:46:05 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • Problem with Android emulator

    - by benasio
    Projects do not run, on screen emulator only "ANDROID" WinXP pro SP3/Eclipse Galileo java version "1.6.0_20" Java(TM) SE Runtime Environment (build 1.6.0_20-b02) Java HotSpot(TM) Client VM (build 16.3-b01, mixed mode, sharing) My actions: 1.Start the emulator(Platform:2.1 API Level:7), wait until the window DDMS status will change to ONLINE 2.Launches helloandroid from examples - Run as Android Application Console: Android Launch! [2010-05-03 21:44:34 - HelloAndroid] adb is running normally. [2010-05-03 21:44:34 - HelloAndroid] Performing com.example.helloandroid.HelloAndroid activity launch [2010-05-03 21:44:34 - HelloAndroid] Automatic Target Mode: using existing emulator 'emulator-5554' running compatible AVD 'my_vm' [2010-05-03 21:44:34 - HelloAndroid] WARNING: Application does not specify an API level requirement! [2010-05-03 21:44:34 - HelloAndroid] Device API version is 7 (Android 2.1) [2010-05-03 21:44:34 - HelloAndroid] Uploading HelloAndroid.apk onto device 'emulator-5554' [2010-05-03 21:44:35 - HelloAndroid] Installing HelloAndroid.apk... [2010-05-03 21:45:07 - HelloAndroid] Success! [2010-05-03 21:45:08 - HelloAndroid] Starting activity com.example.helloandroid.HelloAndroid on device [2010-05-03 21:45:28 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: DDM dispatch reg wait timeout [2010-05-03 21:45:28 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: Can't dispatch DDM chunk 52454151: no handler defined [2010-05-03 21:45:28 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: Can't dispatch DDM chunk 48454c4f: no handler defined [2010-05-03 21:45:28 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: Can't dispatch DDM chunk 46454154: no handler defined [2010-05-03 21:45:28 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: Can't dispatch DDM chunk 4d505251: no handler defined [2010-05-03 21:45:52 - HelloAndroid] Device not ready. Waiting 3 seconds before next attempt. [2010-05-03 21:45:52 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: android.util.AndroidException: Can't connect to activity manager; is the system running? [2010-05-03 21:45:55 - HelloAndroid] Starting activity com.example.helloandroid.HelloAndroid on device [2010-05-03 21:46:11 - HelloAndroid] ActivityManager: DDM dispatch reg wait timeout ...... DDMS console (only errors and warnings) 05-03 17:43:52.437: ERROR/vold(26): Error opening switch name path '/sys/class/switch/test2' (No such file or directory) 05-03 17:43:52.437: ERROR/vold(26): Error bootstrapping switch '/sys/class/switch/test2' (No such file or directory) 05-03 17:43:52.437: ERROR/vold(26): Error opening switch name path '/sys/class/switch/test' (No such file or directory) 05-03 17:43:52.437: ERROR/vold(26): Error bootstrapping switch '/sys/class/switch/test' (No such file or directory) 05-03 17:48:34.036: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080093 (res/drawable-mdpi/sym_def_app_icon.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:34.406: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080002 (res/drawable-mdpi/arrow_down_float.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:35.836: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10800b4 (res/drawable/btn_check.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:36.076: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10800b7 (res/drawable-mdpi/btn_check_label_background.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:36.106: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10800b8 (res/drawable-mdpi/btn_check_off.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:36.147: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10800bd (res/drawable-mdpi/btn_check_on.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:36.437: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080004 (res/drawable/btn_default.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:36.716: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080005 (res/drawable/btn_default_small.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:36.966: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080006 (res/drawable/btn_dropdown.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:37.326: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080008 (res/drawable/btn_plus.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:37.707: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080007 (res/drawable/btn_minus.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:38.057: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080009 (res/drawable/btn_radio.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:38.776: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x108000a (res/drawable/btn_star.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:39.327: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080125 (res/drawable/btn_toggle.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:39.416: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080187 (res/drawable-mdpi/ic_emergency.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:39.506: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080012 (res/drawable-mdpi/divider_horizontal_bright.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:39.576: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080014 (res/drawable-mdpi/divider_horizontal_dark.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:40.126: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080016 (res/drawable/edit_text.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:40.507: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080161 (res/drawable/expander_group.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:41.036: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080062 (res/drawable/list_selector_background.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:41.177: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080217 (res/drawable-mdpi/menu_background.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:41.256: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080218 (res/drawable-mdpi/menu_background_fill_parent_width.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:41.567: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080219 (res/drawable/menu_selector.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:41.706: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080224 (res/drawable-mdpi/panel_background.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:41.849: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x108022e (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_bottom_bright.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.026: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x108022f (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_bottom_dark.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.156: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080230 (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_bottom_medium.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.276: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080231 (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_center_bright.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.376: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080232 (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_center_dark.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.507: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080235 (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_full_dark.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.606: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080238 (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_top_bright.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.696: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080239 (res/drawable-mdpi/popup_top_dark.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:42.946: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x108006d (res/drawable/progress_indeterminate_horizontal.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:43.076: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x108023f (res/drawable/progress_small.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:43.456: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080240 (res/drawable/progress_small_titlebar.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:43.957: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080262 (res/drawable-mdpi/scrollbar_handle_horizontal.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:44.036: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080263 (res/drawable-mdpi/scrollbar_handle_vertical.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:44.176: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080071 (res/drawable/spinner_dropdown_background.xml) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:44.317: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x1080326 (res/drawable-mdpi/title_bar_shadow.9.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:44.496: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10801c6 (res/drawable-mdpi/indicator_code_lock_drag_direction_green_up.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:44.607: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10801c7 (res/drawable-mdpi/indicator_code_lock_drag_direction_red_up.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:45.956: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10801c8 (res/drawable-mdpi/indicator_code_lock_point_area_default.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:46.407: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10801c9 (res/drawable-mdpi/indicator_code_lock_point_area_green.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:46.696: WARN/Zygote(29): Preloaded drawable resource #0x10801ca (res/drawable-mdpi/indicator_code_lock_point_area_red.png) that varies with configuration!! 05-03 17:48:56.307: ERROR/BatteryService(170): usbOnlinePath not found 05-03 17:48:56.336: ERROR/BatteryService(170): batteryVoltagePath not found 05-03 17:48:56.350: ERROR/BatteryService(170): batteryTemperaturePath not found 05-03 17:48:56.696: ERROR/SurfaceFlinger(170): Couldn't open /sys/power/wait_for_fb_sleep or /sys/power/wait_for_fb_wake 05-03 17:48:57.847: WARN/SurfaceFlinger(170): ro.sf.lcd_density not defined, using 160 dpi by default. 05-03 17:49:02.116: WARN/UsageStats(170): Usage stats version changed; dropping 05-03 17:49:05.036: WARN/zipro(182): Unable to open zip '/data/local/bootanimation.zip': No such file or directory 05-03 17:49:06.297: WARN/zipro(182): Unable to open zip '/system/media/bootanimation.zip': No such file or directory 05-03 17:49:50.637: WARN/PackageManager(170): Running ENG build: no pre-dexopt! 05-03 17:53:59.196: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.providers.gmail.permission.WRITE_GMAIL in package com.android.settings 05-03 17:53:59.238: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.providers.gmail.permission.READ_GMAIL in package com.android.settings 05-03 17:53:59.286: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH in package com.android.settings 05-03 17:53:59.517: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH in package com.android.providers.contacts 05-03 17:53:59.656: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH.cp in package com.android.providers.contacts 05-03 17:53:59.717: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH.mail in package com.android.contacts 05-03 17:53:59.796: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission android.permission.ADD_SYSTEM_SERVICE in package com.android.phone 05-03 17:54:00.126: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH in package com.android.development 05-03 17:54:00.206: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH.ALL_SERVICES in package com.android.development 05-03 17:54:00.206: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH.YouTubeUser in package com.android.development 05-03 17:54:00.237: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.ACCESS_GOOGLE_PASSWORD in package com.android.development 05-03 17:54:00.258: WARN/PackageManager(170): Unknown permission com.google.android.googleapps.permission.GOOGLE_AUTH in package com.android.browser 05-03 17:54:25.456: WARN/ResourceType(170): Resources don't contain package for resource number 0x7f0700e5 05-03 17:54:25.486: WARN/ResourceType(170): Resources don't contain package for resource number 0x7f020031 05-03 17:54:25.536: WARN/ResourceType(170): Resources don't contain package for resource number 0x7f020030 05-03 17:54:25.576: WARN/ResourceType(170): Resources don't contain package for resource number 0x7f050000 05-03 17:54:38.708: WARN/SharedBufferStack(182): waitForCondition(LockCondition) timed out (identity=0, status=0). CPU may be pegged. trying again.

    Read the article

  • How to programmatically create customcontrol and change its values in Silverlight 4

    - by user361317
    Hi! I want to create a custom tabcontrol class which has an icon before the text, and I want to be able to change the icon in the constructor of the new tabcontrol. I use implicit styles in Silverlight 4, and the custom tabcontrol should not have any xaml of its own, just the class and the implicit xaml style in my App.xaml. I cannot, however, get this to work. This is my code: <!-- Style for generic tabcontrols --> 20,0,0,0 <Style TargetType="controls:TabItem"> <Setter Property="IsTabStop" Value="False"/> <Setter Property="Background" Value="#FFDBEDFB"/> <Setter Property="BorderBrush" Value="#FFA3AEB9"/> <Setter Property="BorderThickness" Value="1"/> <Setter Property="Padding" Value="6,2,6,2"/> <Setter Property="HorizontalContentAlignment" Value="Stretch"/> <Setter Property="VerticalContentAlignment" Value="Stretch"/> <Setter Property="MinWidth" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="MinHeight" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="controls:TabItem"> <Grid x:Name="Root" Cursor="Hand" Height="25"> <VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="CommonStates"> <VisualStateGroup.Transitions> <VisualTransition GeneratedDuration="0"/> <VisualTransition GeneratedDuration="0:0:0.1" To="MouseOver"/> </VisualStateGroup.Transitions> <VisualState x:Name="Normal"/> <VisualState x:Name="MouseOver"> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="0" Duration="00:00:00.001" Storyboard.TargetName="FocusVisualTop" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Opacity)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="0"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> <VisualState x:Name="Disabled"> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="DisabledVisualTopSelected" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Opacity)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="DisabledVisualTopUnSelected" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Opacity)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> </VisualStateGroup> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="SelectionStates"> <VisualState x:Name="Unselected"/> <VisualState x:Name="Selected"/> </VisualStateGroup> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="FocusStates"> <VisualState x:Name="Focused"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Duration="0" Storyboard.TargetName="FocusVisualTop" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Visibility"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="Visible"/> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> <VisualState x:Name="Unfocused"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Duration="0" Storyboard.TargetName="FocusVisualElement" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Visibility"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="Collapsed"/> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> </VisualStateGroup> </VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <Grid x:Name="TemplateTopUnselected" Margin="1"> <Border x:Name="BorderTop" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0"> <Border x:Name="GradientTop" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0" CornerRadius="5,5,0,0"> <Border.BorderBrush> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFB1CCEE" Offset="0"/> <GradientStop Color="#CCB1CCEE" Offset="1"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.BorderBrush> <Border.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFCEE0F7" Offset="0.091"/> <GradientStop Color="#FFDEECFD" Offset="0.996"/> <GradientStop Color="White"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.Background> <Grid Margin="3,3,3,2"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="16"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="16"/> <ColumnDefinition/> <ColumnDefinition Width="15"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Image x:Name="TabInactiveIcon" Source="group.png" Margin="0" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center" Opacity="0.395"/> <ContentControl x:Name="HeaderTopUnselected" Cursor="{TemplateBinding Cursor}" Margin="3,0" FontSize="{TemplateBinding FontSize}" Foreground="#FF416AA3" IsTabStop="False" FontFamily="Tahoma" Grid.Column="1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> <Button x:Name="TabInactiveCloseButton" Template="{StaticResource TabItemCloseButton}" Cursor="Hand" Height="10" HorizontalAlignment="Right" Margin="0" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="10" Content="Button" Grid.Column="2" d:LayoutOverrides="GridBox"/> </Grid> </Border> </Border> <Border x:Name="DisabledVisualTopUnSelected" IsHitTestVisible="false" Opacity="0" Background="#8CFFFFFF" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> </Grid> <Border x:Name="FocusVisualElement" Margin="-1" IsHitTestVisible="false" Visibility="Collapsed" BorderBrush="#FF6DBDD1" BorderThickness="1" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> <Grid x:Name="TemplateTopSelected" Margin="0,0,0,-3" Visibility="Collapsed"> <Border x:Name="BorderTop1" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0"> <Border x:Name="GradientTop1" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0" CornerRadius="5,5,0,0"> <Border.BorderBrush> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFB1CCEE" Offset="0"/> <GradientStop Color="#CAB1CCEE" Offset="1"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.BorderBrush> <Border.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFCEE0F7" Offset="0.091"/> <GradientStop Color="White" Offset="0.974"/> <GradientStop Color="White"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.Background> <Grid Margin="3,3,3,2"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="16"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="16"/> <ColumnDefinition/> <ColumnDefinition Width="15"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Image x:Name="TabActiveIcon" Source="user.png" Margin="0" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> <ContentControl x:Name="HeaderTopSelected" Cursor="{TemplateBinding Cursor}" Margin="3,0" FontSize="{TemplateBinding FontSize}" Foreground="#FF416AA3" IsTabStop="False" FontFamily="Tahoma" FontWeight="Bold" Grid.Column="1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> <Button x:Name="TabActiveCloseButton" Template="{StaticResource TabActiveCloseButton}" Cursor="Hand" Height="10" HorizontalAlignment="Right" Margin="0" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="10" Content="Button" Grid.Column="2" d:LayoutOverrides="GridBox"/> </Grid> </Border> </Border> <Border x:Name="FocusVisualTop" Margin="-2,-2,-2,0" IsHitTestVisible="false" Visibility="Collapsed" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> <Border x:Name="DisabledVisualTopSelected" Margin="-2,-2,-2,0" IsHitTestVisible="false" Opacity="0" Background="#8CFFFFFF" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> </Grid> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> and my class public class ClosableTabItem : TabItem { public static readonly DependencyProperty TabIconProperty = DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("TabInactiveIcon", typeof(Image), typeof(ClosableTabItem), null); public Image TabIcon { get { return (Image)GetValue(ClosableTabItem.TabIconProperty); } set { SetValue(ClosableTabItem.TabIconProperty, value); } } public ClosableTabItem(string header, ContentControl content, TabItemIcons icon) { // I need to be able to set the header, content and icon here } private Image GetTabIcon(TabItemIcons icon) { Image img = new Image(); switch (icon) { case TabItemIcons.User: img.Source = new BitmapImage(new Uri("/icons/user.png", UriKind.Relative)); break; case TabItemIcons.Group: img.Source = new BitmapImage(new Uri("/icons/group.png", UriKind.Relative)); break; default: break; } return img; } } This is driving me nuts, and I can't find any examples where anyone has done this without having a xaml page for the custom tab. Is this even possible? Can someone point me in the right direction? Cheers! - jonah

    Read the article

  • Data Modeling: Logical Modeling Exercise

    - by swisscheese
    In trying to learn the art of data storage I have been trying to take in as much solid information as possible. PerformanceDBA posted some really helpful tutorials/examples in the following posts among others: is my data normalized? and Relational table naming convention. I already asked a subset question of this model here. So to make sure I understood the concepts he presented and I have seen elsewhere I wanted to take things a step or two further and see if I am grasping the concepts. Hence the purpose of this post, which hopefully others can also learn from. Everything I present is conceptual to me and for learning rather than applying it in some production system. It would be cool to get some input from PerformanceDBA also since I used his models to get started, but I appreciate all input given from anyone. As I am new to databases and especially modeling I will be the first to admit that I may not always ask the right questions, explain my thoughts clearly, or use the right verbage due to lack of expertise on the subject. So please keep that in mind and feel free to steer me in the right direction if I head off track. If there is enough interest in this I would like to take this from the logical to physical phases to show the evolution of the process and share it here on Stack. I will keep this thread for the Logical Diagram though and start new one for the additional steps. For my understanding I will be building a MySQL DB in the end to run some tests and see if what I came up with actually works. Here is the list of things that I want to capture in this conceptual model. Edit for V1.2 The purpose of this is to list Bands, their members, and the Events that they will be appearing at, as well as offer music and other merchandise for sale Members will be able to match up with friends Members can write reviews on the Bands, their music, and their events. There can only be one review per member on a given item, although they can edit their reviews and history will be maintained. BandMembers will have the chance to write a single Comment on Reviews about the Band they are associated with. Collectively as a Band only one Comment is allowed per Review. Members can then rate all Reviews and Comments but only once per given instance Members can select their favorite Bands, music, Merchandise, and Events Bands, Songs, and Events will be categorized into the type of Genre that they are and then further subcategorized into a SubGenre if necessary. It is ok for a Band or Event to fall into more then one Genre/SubGenre combination. Event date, time, and location will be posted for a given band and members can show that they will be attending the Event. An Event can be comprised of more than one Band, and multiple Events can take place at a single location on the same day Every party will be tied to at least one address and address history shall be maintained. Each party could also be tied to more then one address at a time (i.e. billing, shipping, physical) There will be stored profiles for Bands, BandMembers, and general members. So there it is, maybe a bit involved but could be a great learning tool for many hopefully as the process evolves and input is given by the community. Any input? EDIT v1.1 In response to PerformanceDBA U.3) That means no merchandise other than Band merchandise in the database. Correct ? That was my original thought but you got me thinking. Maybe the site would want to sell its own merchandise or even other merchandise from the bands. Not sure a mod to make for that. Would it require an entire rework of the Catalog section or just the identifying relationship that exists with the Band? Attempted a mod to sell both complete albums or song. Either way they would both be in electronic format only available for download. That is why I listed an Album as being comprised of Songs rather then 2 separate entities. U.5) I understand what you bring up about the circular relation with Favorite. I would like to get to this “It is either one Entity with some form of differentiation (FavoriteType) which identifies its treatment” but how to is not clear to me. What am I missing here? u.6) “Business Rules This is probably the only area you are weak in.” Thanks for the honest response. I will readdress these but I hope to clear up some confusion in my head first with the responses I have posted back to you. Q.1) Yes I would like to have Accepted, Rejected, and Blocked. I am not sure what you are referring to as to how this would change the logical model? Q.2) A person does not have to be a User. They can exist only as a BandMember. Is that what you are asking? Minor Issue Zero, One, or More…Oops I admit I forgot to give this attention when building the model. I am submitting this version as is and will address in a future version. I need to read up more on Constraint Checking to make sure I am understanding things. M.4) Depends if you envision OrderPurchase in the future. Can you expand as to what you mean here? EDIT V1.2 In response to PerformanceDBA input... Lessons learned. I was mixing the concept of Identifying / Non-Identifying and Cardinality (i.e. Genre / SubGenre), and doing so inconsistently to make things worse. Associative Tables are not required in Logical Diagrams as their many-to-many relationships can be depicted and then expanded in the Physical Model. I was overlooking the Cardinality in a lot of the relationships The importance of reading through relationships using effective Verb Phrases to reassure I am modeling what I want to accomplish. U.2) In the concept of this model it is only required to track a Venue as a location for an Event. No further data needs to be collected. With that being said Events will take place on a given EventDate and will be hosted at a Venue. Venues will host multiple events and possibly multiple events on a given date. In my new model my thinking was that EventDate is already tied to Event . Therefore, Venue will not need a relationship with EventDate. The 5th and 6th bullets you have listed under U.2) leave me questioning my thinking though. Am I missing something here? U.3) Is it time to move the link between Item and Band up to Item and Party instead? With the current design I don't see a possibility to sell merchandise not tied to the band as you have brought up. U.5) I left as per your input rather than making it a discrete Supertype/Subtype Relationship as I don’t see a benefit of having that type of roll up. Additional Revisions AR.1) After going through the exercise for FavoriteItem, I feel that Item to Review requires a many-to-many relationship so that is indicated. Necessary? Ok here we go for v1.3 I took a few days on this version, going back and forth with my design. Once the logical process is complete, as I want to see if I am on the right track, I will go through in depth what I had learned and the troubles I faced as a beginner going through this process. The big point for this version was it took throwing in some Keys to help see what I was missing in the past. Going through the process of doing a matrix proved to be of great help also. Regardless of anything, if it wasn't for the input given by PerformanceDBA I would still be a lost soul wondering in the dark. Who knows my current design might reaffirm that I still am, but I have learned a lot so I am know I at least have a flashlight in my hand. At this point in time I admit that I am still confused about identifying and non-identifying relationships. In my model I had to use non-identifying relationships with non nulls just to join the relationships I wanted to model. In reading a lot on the subject there seems to be a lot of disagreement and indecisiveness on the subject so I did what I thought represented the right things in my model. When to force (identifying) and when to be free (non-identifying)? Anyone have inputs? EDIT V1.4 Ok took the V1.3 inputs and cleaned things up for this V1.4 Currently working on a V1.5 to include attributes.

    Read the article

  • php security holes POCs

    - by Flavius
    Hi Please provide examples for all of these: XSS, CSRF, SQL injection with both the source code and the attack steps for each. Other attack vectors are welcome. The most complete answer gets a accepted. The configuration is a fairly standard one, as of PHP 5.3.2, core settings: allow_call_time_pass_reference => Off => Off allow_url_fopen => On => On allow_url_include => Off => Off always_populate_raw_post_data => Off => Off arg_separator.input => & => & arg_separator.output => & => & asp_tags => Off => Off auto_append_file => no value => no value auto_globals_jit => On => On auto_prepend_file => no value => no value browscap => no value => no value default_charset => no value => no value default_mimetype => text/html => text/html define_syslog_variables => Off => Off disable_classes => no value => no value disable_functions => no value => no value display_errors => STDOUT => STDOUT display_startup_errors => On => On doc_root => no value => no value docref_ext => no value => no value docref_root => no value => no value enable_dl => Off => Off error_append_string => no value => no value error_log => syslog => syslog error_prepend_string => no value => no value error_reporting => 32767 => 32767 exit_on_timeout => Off => Off expose_php => On => On extension_dir => /usr/lib/php/modules/ => /usr/lib/php/modules/ file_uploads => On => On highlight.bg => <font style="color: #FFFFFF">#FFFFFF</font> => <font style="color: #FFFFFF">#FFFFFF</font> highlight.comment => <font style="color: #FF8000">#FF8000</font> => <font style="color: #FF8000">#FF8000</font> highlight.default => <font style="color: #0000BB">#0000BB</font> => <font style="color: #0000BB">#0000BB</font> highlight.html => <font style="color: #000000">#000000</font> => <font style="color: #000000">#000000</font> highlight.keyword => <font style="color: #007700">#007700</font> => <font style="color: #007700">#007700</font> highlight.string => <font style="color: #DD0000">#DD0000</font> => <font style="color: #DD0000">#DD0000</font> html_errors => Off => Off ignore_repeated_errors => Off => Off ignore_repeated_source => Off => Off ignore_user_abort => Off => Off implicit_flush => On => On include_path => .:/usr/share/pear => .:/usr/share/pear log_errors => On => On log_errors_max_len => 1024 => 1024 magic_quotes_gpc => Off => Off magic_quotes_runtime => Off => Off magic_quotes_sybase => Off => Off mail.add_x_header => On => On mail.force_extra_parameters => no value => no value mail.log => no value => no value max_execution_time => 0 => 0 max_file_uploads => 20 => 20 max_input_nesting_level => 64 => 64 max_input_time => -1 => -1 memory_limit => 128M => 128M open_basedir => no value => no value output_buffering => 0 => 0 output_handler => no value => no value post_max_size => 8M => 8M precision => 14 => 14 realpath_cache_size => 16K => 16K realpath_cache_ttl => 120 => 120 register_argc_argv => On => On register_globals => Off => Off register_long_arrays => Off => Off report_memleaks => On => On report_zend_debug => Off => Off request_order => GP => GP safe_mode => Off => Off safe_mode_exec_dir => no value => no value safe_mode_gid => Off => Off safe_mode_include_dir => no value => no value sendmail_from => no value => no value sendmail_path => /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i => /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i serialize_precision => 100 => 100 short_open_tag => Off => Off SMTP => localhost => localhost smtp_port => 25 => 25 sql.safe_mode => Off => Off track_errors => Off => Off unserialize_callback_func => no value => no value upload_max_filesize => 2M => 2M upload_tmp_dir => no value => no value user_dir => no value => no value user_ini.cache_ttl => 300 => 300 user_ini.filename => .user.ini => .user.ini variables_order => GPCS => GPCS xmlrpc_error_number => 0 => 0 xmlrpc_errors => Off => Off y2k_compliance => On => On zend.enable_gc => On => On

    Read the article

  • pagination for displaytag with colorbox in Spring framework

    - by Hitesh Solanki
    Hi..... I want to display the pop up for user selection using colorbox. I have put link on manageblacklist.jsp named 'select'. when I click on 'select' link ,colorbox is displayed. all user is displayed but pagination is not worked. I have used display tag for pagination. Without using colorbox, pagination is worked fine. I have used spring framework. The code of manageblacklist.jsp is given below: <%@ page contentType="text/html" pageEncoding="UTF-8" import="java.util.*"%> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <%@ include file="/WEB-INF/jsp/include.jsp" %> <%@ taglib prefix="form" uri="http://www.springframework.org/tags/form" %> <%@ taglib uri="http://displaytag.sf.net" prefix="display" %> <%@ page import="com.sufalam.mailserver.bean.User"%> <%@ page import="javax.servlet.http.HttpSession" %> <% String pageSize = (String) request.getAttribute("pageSize"); System.out.println("page size:" + pageSize); HttpSession session1 = request.getSession(); List<User> userList = (List<User>) session1.getAttribute("userList"); Iterator iterator = userList.iterator(); String user = (String) request.getAttribute("user"); System.out.println("user in the jsp :" + user); %> <html> <head> <script type="text/javascript" src="js/jquery142.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="js/jquery.colorbox.js"></script> <link rel="stylesheet" href="style/colorbox.css" type="text/css"> <script type="text/javascript"> $(document).ready(function(){ //Examples of how to assign the ColorBox event to elements $(".example5").colorbox(); //Example of preserving a JavaScript event for inline calls. $("#click").click(function(){ $('#click').css({"background-color":"#f00", "color":"#fff", "cursor":"inherit"}).text("Open this window again and this message will still be here."); return false; }); }); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> function changePageSize() { var myValue = document.getElementById("combo1").value; document.getElementById("selectedPageSize").value=myValue; document.whitelistBlacklistForm.submit(); } function selectAll() { var selectAll = document.getElementById("checkAll"); var returnById = document.getElementsByName("check"); var i; var val; if (selectAll.checked == true) { val = true; } else { val = false; } for (i = 0; i < returnById.length; i++) { returnById[i].checked = val; } } function onload() { insertNavigation ('insertHereTop', 'insertHereBottom'); } function insertNavigation( topElementID, BottomElementID ) { if ( document.getElementById('pagingBanner') ){ document.getElementById(topElementID).innerHTML=document.getElementById('pagingBanner').innerHTML; document.getElementById(BottomElementID).innerHTML=document.getElementById('pagingBanner1').innerHTML; } } function confirmDelete() { if (confirm("Are you sure you want to delete selected records?")) { flag = 1; return true; } else { return false; } } function loadModels() { var flag=true; var textValue = document.getElementById('txtuser'); $.getJSON("ajaxblacklist.htm", // url { param :textValue.value }, // request params function(json) { // callback // var options = '<table class="displayTable" cellspacing="0"><thead><tr><th align = "center">Blacklisted Sender</th>'+ // '<th align ="center">Delete</th></tr></thead><tbody>'; var options = '<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr><td style="background:url(images/leftbg.gif) repeat-y; width:8px;"></td>' + '<td class="middlesection"><table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr>' + '<td height="30" class="p10"><table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="allboder" >' + '<tr><td class="tebelhd"> Blacklisted Sender </td></tr>'; for (i in json) { var state = json[i]; for(j in state){ var op = state[j]; if(op.length==undefined){ options += '<tr><td class="tdhd"><table width="0%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr><td width="741">'+ state[j].senderEmail + '</td><td align="center" width="148"><a href="managewhitelistblacklist.htm?sender='+state[j].senderEmail+'&recipient='+ state[j].recipientEmail+'&action=delete"><span> <img src="/MailServerV2/images/delete.gif"/> </span></a></td></tr></table></td></tr>'; break; } for(k in op) { if(flag == true) { flag = false; options += '<tr><td class="tdhd"><table width="0%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr>'; } else { flag = true; options += '<tr><td class="tdhd2"><table width="0%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"><tr>'; } options += '<td width="741">'+ op[k].senderEmail +'</td><td align="center" width="148"><a href="managewhitelistblacklist.htm?sender='+op[k].senderEmail+'&recipient='+op[k].recipientEmail+'&action=delete"><span> <img src="/MailServerV2/images/delete.gif"/> </span></a></td></tr></table></td></tr>'; } } } options += '</td></tr></table>'; $("div[name^=blacklist]").html(options); }); } </script> </head> <body> <table width="" border="0" align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="maintable"> <tr> <td class="topsection"><table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td valign="top" align="center" class="middlesection" ><table width="96%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td >&nbsp;</td> </tr> <tr> <td> <table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing ="0" cellpadding="0"> <tr> <td> <table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3"> <tr> <td align="left" valign="middle"><h1>Manage Blacklist</h1></td> <td align="right" valign="bottom"><div style="float:right;"><a href="savewhitelistblacklist.htm" class="buttonash"><span>Create Whitelist Blacklist </span></a></div></td> </tr> </table></td> </tr> <tr> <td class="bottomboder"><img src="images/ashish.gif" height="1" /></td> </tr> </table> </td> </tr> <tr> <td>&nbsp;</td> </tr> <tr> <td> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> <div id="TabbedPanels1" class="TabbedPanels"/> <div style="display: block;" class="TabbedPanelsContent"/> <div align="left" class="tebelhd"> Blacklist Information </div><div class="entry-edit"> <div class="fieldset" id="base_fieldset"> <div class="hor-scroll_1" align="left"> <fieldset Class="label1css" style="color:#666666"> <legend>Fields</legend> <table> <tr> <td align="right"> Recipient Email : </td> <td><input type="text" id="txtuser" name="txtuser" <% if (user != null) { %> value="<%=user%>" <% } else { %> value="" <% } %> /> </td> <td><a href="#" class="buttonash" onclick="loadModels()"><span>Search</span></a></td> <!-- <td><a href="javascript:void(0)" class="buttonash" onclick="window.open('selectuser.htm','selectuser','width=600,height=400,menubar=yes,status=yes,location=yes,toolbar=yes,scrollbars=yes');" ><span>Select</span></a></td>--> <td><a href="selectuser.htm" class="example5 buttonash" ><span>Select</span></a> </td> <td align="right"> </td> </tr> </table> </fieldset> <div id="blacklist" name="blacklist"></div> </div> </div> </div> </td> </tr> </table> </td> </tr> </table> </td> <!-- InstanceEndEditable --> <td style="background:url(images/rightbg.gif) repeat-y; width:8px;"></td> </tr> </table> <% // session1.removeAttribute("user"); %> </body> </html> So , please tell me how to work pagination .... Thanks in advanced...

    Read the article

  • Xapian gem failed to install on Mac OS X Snow Leopard + macports

    - by goodwill
    I have installed xapian-core + xapian-bindings with macports on snow leopard, then trying to install xapian gem fails: Building native extensions. This could take a while... ERROR: Error installing xapian: ERROR: Failed to build gem native extension. /opt/ruby-enterprise/bin/ruby extconf.rb ./configure --with-ruby checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c checking whether build environment is sane... yes checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... ./install-sh -c -d checking for gawk... no checking for mawk... no checking for nawk... no checking for awk... awk checking whether make sets $(MAKE)... yes checking how to create a ustar tar archive... gnutar checking build system type... i386-apple-darwin10.3.0 checking host system type... i386-apple-darwin10.3.0 checking for style of include used by make... GNU checking for gcc... gcc checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out checking whether the C compiler works... yes checking whether we are cross compiling... no checking for suffix of executables... checking for suffix of object files... o checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed checking dependency style of gcc... gcc3 checking for a sed that does not truncate output... /usr/bin/sed checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... /usr/bin/grep checking for egrep... /usr/bin/grep -E checking for ld used by gcc... /usr/libexec/gcc/i686-apple-darwin10/4.2.1/ld checking if the linker (/usr/libexec/gcc/i686-apple-darwin10/4.2.1/ld) is GNU ld... no checking for /usr/libexec/gcc/i686-apple-darwin10/4.2.1/ld option to reload object files... -r checking for BSD-compatible nm... /usr/bin/nm checking whether ln -s works... yes checking how to recognize dependent libraries... pass_all checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E checking for ANSI C header files... yes checking for sys/types.h... yes checking for sys/stat.h... yes checking for stdlib.h... yes checking for string.h... yes checking for memory.h... yes checking for strings.h... yes checking for inttypes.h... yes checking for stdint.h... yes checking for unistd.h... yes checking dlfcn.h usability... yes checking dlfcn.h presence... yes checking for dlfcn.h... yes checking for g++... g++ checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... yes checking whether g++ accepts -g... yes checking dependency style of g++... gcc3 checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... g++ -E checking the maximum length of command line arguments... 196608 checking command to parse /usr/bin/nm output from gcc object... ok checking for objdir... .libs checking for ar... ar checking for ranlib... ranlib checking for strip... strip checking for dsymutil... dsymutil checking for nmedit... nmedit checking for -single_module linker flag... yes checking for -exported_symbols_list linker flag... yes checking if gcc supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... no checking for gcc option to produce PIC... -fno-common checking if gcc PIC flag -fno-common works... yes checking if gcc static flag -static works... no checking if gcc supports -c -o file.o... yes checking whether the gcc linker (/usr/libexec/gcc/i686-apple-darwin10/4.2.1/ld) supports shared libraries... yes checking dynamic linker characteristics... darwin10.3.0 dyld checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... immediate checking whether stripping libraries is possible... yes checking if libtool supports shared libraries... yes checking whether to build shared libraries... yes checking whether to build static libraries... no checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... (cached) yes checking whether g++ accepts -g... (cached) yes checking dependency style of g++... (cached) gcc3 checking for xapian-config... /opt/local/bin/xapian-config checking /opt/local/bin/xapian-config works... yes checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... no checking for ruby1.8... no checking for ruby... /opt/ruby-enterprise/bin/ruby checking /opt/ruby-enterprise/bin/ruby version... ruby 1.8.7 (2009-06-12 patchlevel 174) [i686-darwin10.2.0], MBARI 0x6770, Ruby Enterprise Edition 2009.10 checking for /opt/ruby-enterprise/lib/ruby/1.8/i686-darwin10.2.0/ruby.h... yes checking ruby/io.h... no checking whether to use -fvisibility=hidden... yes configure: creating ./config.status config.status: creating Makefile config.status: creating xapian-version.h config.status: creating python/Makefile config.status: creating python/docs/Makefile config.status: creating php/Makefile config.status: creating php/docs/Makefile config.status: creating java/Makefile config.status: creating java/native/Makefile config.status: creating java/org/xapian/Makefile config.status: creating java/org/xapian/errors/Makefile config.status: creating java/org/xapian/examples/Makefile config.status: creating java-swig/Makefile config.status: creating tcl8/Makefile config.status: creating tcl8/docs/Makefile config.status: creating tcl8/pkgIndex.tcl config.status: creating csharp/Makefile config.status: creating csharp/docs/Makefile config.status: creating csharp/AssemblyInfo.cs config.status: creating ruby/Makefile config.status: creating ruby/docs/Makefile config.status: creating xapian-bindings.spec config.status: creating python/generate-python-exceptions config.status: creating config.h config.status: config.h is unchanged config.status: executing depfiles commands *** Building bindings for languages: ruby make make all-recursive Making all in ruby make all-recursive Making all in docs make all-am make[5]: Nothing to be done for `all-am'. /bin/sh ../libtool --tag=CXX --mode=compile g++ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I.. -I/opt/ruby-enterprise/lib/ruby/1.8/i686-darwin10.2.0 -I/opt/ruby-enterprise/lib/ruby/1.8/i686-darwin10.2.0 -fno-strict-aliasing -Wall -Wno-unused -Wno-uninitialized -fvisibility=hidden -I/opt/local/include -g -O2 -MT xapian_wrap.lo -MD -MP -MF .deps/xapian_wrap.Tpo -c -o xapian_wrap.lo xapian_wrap.cc ../libtool: line 393: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 393: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 792: /bin/sed: No such file or directory : ignoring unknown tag ../libtool: line 792: /bin/sed: No such file or directory *** Warning: inferring the mode of operation is deprecated. *** Future versions of Libtool will require --mode=MODE be specified. ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1103: /bin/sed: No such file or directory ../libtool: line 1156: /bin/sed: No such file or directory : compile: cannot determine name of library object from `' make[4]: *** [xapian_wrap.lo] Error 1 make[3]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1 make[2]: *** [all] Error 2 make[1]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1 make: *** [all] Error 2 extconf.rb:3:in `system!': unhandled exception from extconf.rb:6 Gem files will remain installed in /opt/ruby-enterprise/lib/ruby/gems/1.8/gems/xapian-1.0.15 for inspection. Results logged to /opt/ruby-enterprise/lib/ruby/gems/1.8/gems/xapian-1.0.15/gem_make.out Any idea pal?

    Read the article

  • How to Upload a file from client to server using OFBIZ?

    - by SIVAKUMAR.J
    Hi all, Im new to ofbiz.So is my question is have any mistake forgive me for my mistakes.Im new to ofbiz so i did not know some terminologies in ofbiz.Sometimes my question is not clear because of lack of knowledge in ofbiz.So try to understand my question and give me a good solution with respect to my level.Because some solutions are in very high level cannot able to understand for me.So please give the solution with good examples. My problem is i created a project inside the ofbiz/hot-deploy folder namely "productionmgntSystem".Inside the folder "ofbiz\hot-deploy\productionmgntSystem\webapp\productionmgntSystem" i created a .ftl file namely "app_details_1.ftl" .The following are the coding of this file <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> <title>Insert title here</title> <script TYPE="TEXT/JAVASCRIPT" language=""JAVASCRIPT"> function uploadFile() { //alert("Before calling upload.jsp"); window.location='<@ofbizUrl>testing_service1</@ofbizUrl>' } </script> </head> <!-- <form action="<@ofbizUrl>testing_service1</@ofbizUrl>" enctype="multipart/form-data" name="app_details_frm"> --> <form action="<@ofbizUrl>logout1</@ofbizUrl>" enctype="multipart/form-data" name="app_details_frm"> <center style="height: 299px; "> <table border="0" style="height: 177px; width: 788px"> <tr style="height: 115px; "> <td style="width: 103px; "> <td style="width: 413px; "><h1>APPLICATION DETAILS</h1> <td style="width: 55px; "> </tr> <tr> <td style="width: 125px; ">Application name : </td> <td> <input name="app_name_txt" id="txt_1" value=" " /> </td> </tr> <tr> <td style="width: 125px; ">Excell sheet &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;: </td> <td> <input type="file" name="filename"/> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> <!-- <input type="button" name="logout1_cmd" value="Logout" onclick="logout1()"/> --> <input type="submit" name="logout_cmd" value="logout"/> </td> <td> <!-- <input type="submit" name="upload_cmd" value="Submit" /> --> <input type="button" name="upload1_cmd" value="Upload" onclick="uploadFile()"/> </td> </tr> </table> </center> </form> </html> the following coding is present in the file "ofbiz\hot-deploy\productionmgntSystem\webapp\productionmgntSystem\WEB-INF\controller.xml" ...... ....... ........ <request-map uri="testing_service1"> <security https="true" auth="true"/> <event type="java" path="org.ofbiz.productionmgntSystem.web_app_req.WebServices1" invoke="testingService"/> <response name="ok" type="view" value="ok_view"/> <response name="exception" type="view" value="exception_view"/> </request-map> .......... ............ .......... <view-map name="ok_view" type="ftl" page="ok_view.ftl"/> <view-map name="exception_view" type="ftl" page="exception_view.ftl"/> ................ ............. ............. The following are the coding present in the file "ofbiz\hot-deploy\productionmgntSystem\src\org\ofbiz\productionmgntSystem\web_app_req\WebServices1.java" package org.ofbiz.productionmgntSystem.web_app_req; import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletRequest; import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletResponse; import java.io.DataInputStream; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.IOException; public class WebServices1 { public static String testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) { //int i=0; String result="ok"; System.out.println("\n\n\t*************************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)- Start"); String contentType=request.getContentType(); System.out.println("\n\n\t*************************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)- contentType : "+contentType); String str=new String(); // response.setContentType("text/html"); //PrintWriter writer; if ((contentType != null) && (contentType.indexOf("multipart/form-data") >= 0)) { System.out.println("\n\n\t**********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) after if (contentType != null)"); try { // writer=response.getWriter(); System.out.println("\n\n\t**********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - try Start"); DataInputStream in = new DataInputStream(request.getInputStream()); int formDataLength = request.getContentLength(); byte dataBytes[] = new byte[formDataLength]; int byteRead = 0; int totalBytesRead = 0; //this loop converting the uploaded file into byte code while (totalBytesRead < formDataLength) { byteRead = in.read(dataBytes, totalBytesRead,formDataLength); totalBytesRead += byteRead; } String file = new String(dataBytes); //for saving the file name String saveFile = file.substring(file.indexOf("filename=\"") + 10); saveFile = saveFile.substring(0, saveFile.indexOf("\n")); saveFile = saveFile.substring(saveFile.lastIndexOf("\\")+ 1,saveFile.indexOf("\"")); int lastIndex = contentType.lastIndexOf("="); String boundary = contentType.substring(lastIndex + 1,contentType.length()); int pos; //extracting the index of file pos = file.indexOf("filename=\""); pos = file.indexOf("\n", pos) + 1; pos = file.indexOf("\n", pos) + 1; pos = file.indexOf("\n", pos) + 1; int boundaryLocation = file.indexOf(boundary, pos) - 4; int startPos = ((file.substring(0, pos)).getBytes()).length; int endPos = ((file.substring(0, boundaryLocation)).getBytes()).length; //creating a new file with the same name and writing the content in new file FileOutputStream fileOut = new FileOutputStream("/"+saveFile); fileOut.write(dataBytes, startPos, (endPos - startPos)); fileOut.flush(); fileOut.close(); System.out.println("\n\n\t**********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - try End"); } catch(IOException ioe) { System.out.println("\n\n\t*********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - Catch IOException"); //ioe.printStackTrace(); return("exception"); } catch(Exception ex) { System.out.println("\n\n\t*********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) - Catch Exception"); return("exception"); } } else { System.out.println("\n\n\t********************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) else part"); result="exception"; } System.out.println("\n\n\t*************************************\n\tInside WebServices1.testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)- End"); return(result); } } I want to upload a file to the server.The file is get from user "<input type="file"..> tag in the "app_details_1.ftl" file & it is updated into the server by using the method "testingService(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response)" in the class "WebServices1".But the file is not uploaded. Give me a good solution for uploading a file to the server. Thanks & Regards, Sivakumar.J

    Read the article

  • Boost Spirit and Lex parser problem

    - by bpw1621
    I've been struggling to try and (incrementally) modify example code from the documentation but with not much different I am not getting the behavior I expect. Specifically, the "if" statement fails when (my intent is that) it should be passing (there was an "else" but that part of the parser was removed during debugging). The assignment statement works fine. I had a "while" statement as well which had the same problem as the "if" statement so I am sure if I can get help to figure out why one is not working it should be easy to get the other going. It must be kind of subtle because this is almost verbatim what is in one of the examples. #include <iostream> #include <fstream> #include <string> #define BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG #include <boost/config/warning_disable.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/include/qi.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/include/lex_lexertl.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/include/phoenix_operator.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/include/phoenix_statement.hpp> #include <boost/spirit/include/phoenix_container.hpp> namespace qi = boost::spirit::qi; namespace lex = boost::spirit::lex; inline std::string read_from_file( const char* infile ) { std::ifstream instream( infile ); if( !instream.is_open() ) { std::cerr << "Could not open file: \"" << infile << "\"" << std::endl; exit( -1 ); } instream.unsetf( std::ios::skipws ); return( std::string( std::istreambuf_iterator< char >( instream.rdbuf() ), std::istreambuf_iterator< char >() ) ); } template< typename Lexer > struct LangLexer : lex::lexer< Lexer > { LangLexer() { identifier = "[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*"; number = "[-+]?(\\d*\\.)?\\d+([eE][-+]?\\d+)?"; if_ = "if"; else_ = "else"; this->self = lex::token_def<> ( '(' ) | ')' | '{' | '}' | '=' | ';'; this->self += identifier | number | if_ | else_; this->self( "WS" ) = lex::token_def<>( "[ \\t\\n]+" ); } lex::token_def<> if_, else_; lex::token_def< std::string > identifier; lex::token_def< double > number; }; template< typename Iterator, typename Lexer > struct LangGrammar : qi::grammar< Iterator, qi::in_state_skipper< Lexer > > { template< typename TokenDef > LangGrammar( const TokenDef& tok ) : LangGrammar::base_type( program ) { using boost::phoenix::val; using boost::phoenix::ref; using boost::phoenix::size; program = +block; block = '{' >> *statement >> '}'; statement = assignment | if_stmt; assignment = ( tok.identifier >> '=' >> expression >> ';' ); if_stmt = ( tok.if_ >> '(' >> expression >> ')' >> block ); expression = ( tok.identifier[ qi::_val = qi::_1 ] | tok.number[ qi::_val = qi::_1 ] ); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_NODE( program ); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_NODE( block ); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_NODE( statement ); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_NODE( assignment ); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_NODE( if_stmt ); BOOST_SPIRIT_DEBUG_NODE( expression ); } qi::rule< Iterator, qi::in_state_skipper< Lexer > > program, block, statement; qi::rule< Iterator, qi::in_state_skipper< Lexer > > assignment, if_stmt; typedef boost::variant< double, std::string > expression_type; qi::rule< Iterator, expression_type(), qi::in_state_skipper< Lexer > > expression; }; int main( int argc, char** argv ) { typedef std::string::iterator base_iterator_type; typedef lex::lexertl::token< base_iterator_type, boost::mpl::vector< double, std::string > > token_type; typedef lex::lexertl::lexer< token_type > lexer_type; typedef LangLexer< lexer_type > LangLexer; typedef LangLexer::iterator_type iterator_type; typedef LangGrammar< iterator_type, LangLexer::lexer_def > LangGrammar; LangLexer lexer; LangGrammar grammar( lexer ); std::string str( read_from_file( 1 == argc ? "boostLexTest.dat" : argv[1] ) ); base_iterator_type strBegin = str.begin(); iterator_type tokenItor = lexer.begin( strBegin, str.end() ); iterator_type tokenItorEnd = lexer.end(); std::cout << std::setfill( '*' ) << std::setw(20) << '*' << std::endl << str << std::endl << std::setfill( '*' ) << std::setw(20) << '*' << std::endl; bool result = qi::phrase_parse( tokenItor, tokenItorEnd, grammar, qi::in_state( "WS" )[ lexer.self ] ); if( result ) { std::cout << "Parsing successful" << std::endl; } else { std::cout << "Parsing error" << std::endl; } return( 0 ); } Here is the output of running this (the file read into the string is dumped out first in main) ******************** { a = 5; if( a ){ b = 2; } } ******************** <program> <try>{</try> <block> <try>{</try> <statement> <try></try> <assignment> <try></try> <expression> <try></try> <success>;</success> <attributes>(5)</attributes> </expression> <success></success> <attributes>()</attributes> </assignment> <success></success> <attributes>()</attributes> </statement> <statement> <try></try> <assignment> <try></try> <fail/> </assignment> <if_stmt> <try> if(</try> <fail/> </if_stmt> <fail/> </statement> <fail/> </block> <fail/> </program> Parsing error

    Read the article

  • Asp.net Custom user control button. How to stop multiple clicks by user.

    - by Laurence Burke
    I am trying to modify an open source Forum called YetAnotherForum.net in the project they have a custom user control called Yaf:ThemeButton. Now its rendered as an anchor with an onclick method in this code ThemeButton.cs using System; using System.Web.UI; using System.Web.UI.WebControls; namespace YAF.Controls { /// <summary> /// The theme button. /// </summary> public class ThemeButton : BaseControl, IPostBackEventHandler { /// <summary> /// The _click event. /// </summary> protected static object _clickEvent = new object(); /// <summary> /// The _command event. /// </summary> protected static object _commandEvent = new object(); /// <summary> /// The _attribute collection. /// </summary> protected AttributeCollection _attributeCollection; /// <summary> /// The _localized label. /// </summary> protected LocalizedLabel _localizedLabel = new LocalizedLabel(); /// <summary> /// The _theme image. /// </summary> protected ThemeImage _themeImage = new ThemeImage(); /// <summary> /// Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="ThemeButton"/> class. /// </summary> public ThemeButton() : base() { Load += new EventHandler(ThemeButton_Load); this._attributeCollection = new AttributeCollection(ViewState); } /// <summary> /// ThemePage for the optional button image /// </summary> public string ImageThemePage { get { return this._themeImage.ThemePage; } set { this._themeImage.ThemePage = value; } } /// <summary> /// ThemeTag for the optional button image /// </summary> public string ImageThemeTag { get { return this._themeImage.ThemeTag; } set { this._themeImage.ThemeTag = value; } } /// <summary> /// Localized Page for the optional button text /// </summary> public string TextLocalizedPage { get { return this._localizedLabel.LocalizedPage; } set { this._localizedLabel.LocalizedPage = value; } } /// <summary> /// Localized Tag for the optional button text /// </summary> public string TextLocalizedTag { get { return this._localizedLabel.LocalizedTag; } set { this._localizedLabel.LocalizedTag = value; } } /// <summary> /// Defaults to "yafcssbutton" /// </summary> public string CssClass { get { return (ViewState["CssClass"] != null) ? ViewState["CssClass"] as string : "yafcssbutton"; } set { ViewState["CssClass"] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Setting the link property will make this control non-postback. /// </summary> public string NavigateUrl { get { return (ViewState["NavigateUrl"] != null) ? ViewState["NavigateUrl"] as string : string.Empty; } set { ViewState["NavigateUrl"] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Localized Page for the optional link description (title) /// </summary> public string TitleLocalizedPage { get { return (ViewState["TitleLocalizedPage"] != null) ? ViewState["TitleLocalizedPage"] as string : "BUTTON"; } set { ViewState["TitleLocalizedPage"] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Localized Tag for the optional link description (title) /// </summary> public string TitleLocalizedTag { get { return (ViewState["TitleLocalizedTag"] != null) ? ViewState["TitleLocalizedTag"] as string : string.Empty; } set { ViewState["TitleLocalizedTag"] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Non-localized Title for optional link description /// </summary> public string TitleNonLocalized { get { return (ViewState["TitleNonLocalized"] != null) ? ViewState["TitleNonLocalized"] as string : string.Empty; } set { ViewState["TitleNonLocalized"] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Gets Attributes. /// </summary> public AttributeCollection Attributes { get { return this._attributeCollection; } } /// <summary> /// Gets or sets CommandName. /// </summary> public string CommandName { get { if (ViewState["commandName"] != null) { return ViewState["commandName"].ToString(); } return null; } set { ViewState["commandName"] = value; } } /// <summary> /// Gets or sets CommandArgument. /// </summary> public string CommandArgument { get { if (ViewState["commandArgument"] != null) { return ViewState["commandArgument"].ToString(); } return null; } set { ViewState["commandArgument"] = value; } } #region IPostBackEventHandler Members /// <summary> /// The i post back event handler. raise post back event. /// </summary> /// <param name="eventArgument"> /// The event argument. /// </param> void IPostBackEventHandler.RaisePostBackEvent(string eventArgument) { OnCommand(new CommandEventArgs(CommandName, CommandArgument)); OnClick(EventArgs.Empty); } #endregion /// <summary> /// Setup the controls before render /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"> /// </param> /// <param name="e"> /// </param> private void ThemeButton_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(this._themeImage.ThemeTag)) { // add the theme image... Controls.Add(this._themeImage); } // render the text if available if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(this._localizedLabel.LocalizedTag)) { Controls.Add(this._localizedLabel); } } /// <summary> /// The render. /// </summary> /// <param name="output"> /// The output. /// </param> protected override void Render(HtmlTextWriter output) { // get the title... string title = GetLocalizedTitle(); output.BeginRender(); output.WriteBeginTag("a"); output.WriteAttribute("id", ClientID); if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(CssClass)) { output.WriteAttribute("class", CssClass); } if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(title)) { output.WriteAttribute("title", title); } else if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(TitleNonLocalized)) { output.WriteAttribute("title", TitleNonLocalized); } if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(NavigateUrl)) { output.WriteAttribute("href", NavigateUrl.Replace("&", "&amp;")); } else { // string.Format("javascript:__doPostBack('{0}','{1}')",this.ClientID,"")); output.WriteAttribute("href", Page.ClientScript.GetPostBackClientHyperlink(this, string.Empty)); } bool wroteOnClick = false; // handle additional attributes (if any) if (this._attributeCollection.Count > 0) { // add attributes... foreach (string key in this._attributeCollection.Keys) { // get the attribute and write it... if (key.ToLower() == "onclick") { // special handling... add to it... output.WriteAttribute(key, string.Format("{0};{1}", this._attributeCollection[key], "this.blur();this.display='none';")); wroteOnClick = true; } else if (key.ToLower().StartsWith("on") || key.ToLower() == "rel" || key.ToLower() == "target") { // only write javascript attributes -- and a few other attributes... output.WriteAttribute(key, this._attributeCollection[key]); } } } // IE fix if (!wroteOnClick) { output.WriteAttribute("onclick", "this.blur();this.style.display='none';"); } output.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar); output.WriteBeginTag("span"); output.Write(HtmlTextWriter.TagRightChar); // render the optional controls (if any) base.Render(output); output.WriteEndTag("span"); output.WriteEndTag("a"); output.EndRender(); } /// <summary> /// The get localized title. /// </summary> /// <returns> /// The get localized title. /// </returns> protected string GetLocalizedTitle() { if (Site != null && Site.DesignMode == true && !String.IsNullOrEmpty(TitleLocalizedTag)) { return String.Format("[TITLE:{0}]", TitleLocalizedTag); } else if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(TitleLocalizedPage) && !String.IsNullOrEmpty(TitleLocalizedTag)) { return PageContext.Localization.GetText(TitleLocalizedPage, TitleLocalizedTag); } else if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(TitleLocalizedTag)) { return PageContext.Localization.GetText(TitleLocalizedTag); } return null; } /// <summary> /// The on click. /// </summary> /// <param name="e"> /// The e. /// </param> protected virtual void OnClick(EventArgs e) { var handler = (EventHandler) Events[_clickEvent]; if (handler != null) { handler(this, e); } } /// <summary> /// The on command. /// </summary> /// <param name="e"> /// The e. /// </param> protected virtual void OnCommand(CommandEventArgs e) { var handler = (CommandEventHandler) Events[_commandEvent]; if (handler != null) { handler(this, e); } RaiseBubbleEvent(this, e); } /// <summary> /// The click. /// </summary> public event EventHandler Click { add { Events.AddHandler(_clickEvent, value); } remove { Events.RemoveHandler(_clickEvent, value); } } /// <summary> /// The command. /// </summary> public event CommandEventHandler Command { add { Events.AddHandler(_commandEvent, value); } remove { Events.RemoveHandler(_commandEvent, value); } } } } now that is just cs file its handled like this in the .ascx page of the actual website <YAF:ThemeButton ID="Save" runat="server" CssClass="yafcssbigbutton leftItem" TextLocalizedTag="SAVE" OnClick="Save_Click" /> now it is given an OnClick codebehind function that does some serverside function like this protected void Save_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { //some serverside code here } now I have a problem with the user being able to click multiple times and firing that serverside function multiple times. I have added in the code as of right now an extra onclick="this.style.display='none'" in the .cs code but that is a ugly fix I was wondering if anyone would have a better idea of disabling the ThemeButton clientside?? pls any feedback if I need to give more examples or further explain the question thanks.

    Read the article

  • Google Maps API v3 - Different markers/labels on different zoom levels

    - by krikara
    I was wondering if it is possible that Google has a feature to view different markers on different zoom levels. For example, on zoom level 1, I want one marker over China with the label saying "5". And as the user zooms in, lets say on zoom level 4, I want the previous marker and label to disappear. And I want to have 5 new markers/labels, each on a different city in China all saying "1". Thus China will say a number and all the cities in China will say numbers adding up to China's number. The key concept I am trying to figure out here is how to hide markers and labels based on zoom levels. A constraint for me is that I am living in China currently where google is censored, so a lot of online documents are censored for me, including many of google's documentations. Here is my code thus far <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <meta name="viewport" content="initial-scale=1.0, user-scalable=no" /> <title>TM China</title> <style type="text/css"> html, body, #map_canvas { margin: 0; padding: 0; height: 100% } .labels { color: red; background-color: white; font-family: "Lucida Grande", "Arial", sans-serif; font-size: 10px; font-weight: bold; text-align: center; width: 60px; border: 2px solid black; white-space: nowrap; } </style> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://maps.googleapis.com/maps/api/js?key=AIzaSyDV0lcdK7C2GHbQAmdkBID70Uppuf-D030&sensor=true"> </script> <script type="text/javascript"> eval(function(p,a,c,k,e,r){e=function(c){return(c<a?'':e(parseInt(c/a)))+((c=c%a)>35?String.fromCharCode(c+29):c.toString(36))};if(!''.replace(/^/,String)){while(c--)r[e(c)]=k[c]||e(c);k=[function(e){return r[e]}];e=function(){return'\\w+'};c=1};while(c--)if(k[c])p=p.replace(new RegExp('\\b'+e(c)+'\\b','g'),k[c]);return p}('7 m(a){2.3=a;2.8=V.1E("1u");2.8.4.C="I: 1m; J: 1g;";2.k=V.1E("1u");2.k.4.C=2.8.4.C}m.l=E 6.5.22();m.l.1Y=7(){n c=2;n h=t;n f=t;n j;n b;n d,K;n i;n g=7(e){p(e.1v){e.1v()}e.2b=u;p(e.1t){e.1t()}};2.1s().24.G(2.8);2.1s().20.G(2.k);2.11=[6.5.9.w(V,"1o",7(a){p(f){a.s=j;i=u;6.5.9.r(c.3,"1n",a)}h=t;6.5.9.r(c.3,"1o",a)}),6.5.9.o(c.3.1P(),"1N",7(a){p(h&&c.3.1M()){a.s=E 6.5.1J(a.s.U()-d,a.s.T()-K);j=a.s;p(f){6.5.9.r(c.3,"1i",a)}F{d=a.s.U()-c.3.Z().U();K=a.s.T()-c.3.Z().T();6.5.9.r(c.3,"1e",a)}}}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1d",7(e){c.k.4.1c="2i";6.5.9.r(c.3,"1d",e)}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1D",7(e){c.k.4.1c=c.3.2g();6.5.9.r(c.3,"1D",e)}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1C",7(e){p(i){i=t}F{g(e);6.5.9.r(c.3,"1C",e)}}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1A",7(e){g(e);6.5.9.r(c.3,"1A",e)}),6.5.9.w(2.k,"1z",7(e){h=u;f=t;d=0;K=0;g(e);6.5.9.r(c.3,"1z",e)}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1e",7(a){f=u;b=c.3.1b()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1i",7(a){c.3.O(a.s);c.3.D(2a)}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1n",7(a){f=t;c.3.D(b)}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"29",7(){c.O()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"28",7(){c.D()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"27",7(){c.N()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"26",7(){c.N()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"25",7(){c.16()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"23",7(){c.15()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"21",7(){c.13()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1Z",7(){c.L()}),6.5.9.o(2.3,"1X",7(){c.L()})]};m.l.1W=7(){n i;2.8.1r.1q(2.8);2.k.1r.1q(2.k);1p(i=0;i<2.11.1V;i++){6.5.9.1U(2.11[i])}};m.l.1T=7(){2.15();2.16();2.L()};m.l.15=7(){n a=2.3.z("Y");p(H a.1S==="P"){2.8.W=a;2.k.W=2.8.W}F{2.8.G(a);a=a.1R(u);2.k.G(a)}};m.l.16=7(){2.k.1Q=2.3.1O()||""};m.l.L=7(){n i,q;2.8.S=2.3.z("R");2.k.S=2.8.S;2.8.4.C="";2.k.4.C="";q=2.3.z("q");1p(i 1L q){p(q.1K(i)){2.8.4[i]=q[i];2.k.4[i]=q[i]}}2.1l()};m.l.1l=7(){2.8.4.I="1m";2.8.4.J="1g";p(H 2.8.4.B!=="P"){2.8.4.1k="1j(B="+(2.8.4.B*1I)+")"}2.k.4.I=2.8.4.I;2.k.4.J=2.8.4.J;2.k.4.B=0.1H;2.k.4.1k="1j(B=1)";2.13();2.O();2.N()};m.l.13=7(){n a=2.3.z("X");2.8.4.1h=-a.x+"v";2.8.4.1f=-a.y+"v";2.k.4.1h=-a.x+"v";2.k.4.1f=-a.y+"v"};m.l.O=7(){n a=2.1G().1F(2.3.Z());2.8.4.12=a.x+"v";2.8.4.M=a.y+"v";2.k.4.12=2.8.4.12;2.k.4.M=2.8.4.M;2.D()};m.l.D=7(){n a=(2.3.z("14")?-1:+1);p(H 2.3.1b()==="P"){2.8.4.A=2h(2.8.4.M,10)+a;2.k.4.A=2.8.4.A}F{2.8.4.A=2.3.1b()+a;2.k.4.A=2.8.4.A}};m.l.N=7(){p(2.3.z("1a")){2.8.4.Q=2.3.2f()?"2e":"1B"}F{2.8.4.Q="1B"}2.k.4.Q=2.8.4.Q};7 19(a){a=a||{};a.Y=a.Y||"";a.X=a.X||E 6.5.2d(0,0);a.R=a.R||"2c";a.q=a.q||{};a.14=a.14||t;p(H a.1a==="P"){a.1a=u}2.1y=E m(2);6.5.18.1x(2,1w)}19.l=E 6.5.18();19.l.17=7(a){6.5.18.l.17.1x(2,1w);2.1y.17(a)};',62,143,'||this|marker_|style|maps|google|function|labelDiv_|event|||||||||||eventDiv_|prototype|MarkerLabel_|var|addListener|if|labelStyle|trigger|latLng|false|true|px|addDomListener|||get|zIndex|opacity|cssText|setZIndex|new|else|appendChild|typeof|position|overflow|cLngOffset|setStyles|top|setVisible|setPosition|undefined|display|labelClass|className|lng|lat|document|innerHTML|labelAnchor|labelContent|getPosition||listeners_|left|setAnchor|labelInBackground|setContent|setTitle|setMap|Marker|MarkerWithLabel|labelVisible|getZIndex|cursor|mouseover|dragstart|marginTop|hidden|marginLeft|drag|alpha|filter|setMandatoryStyles|absolute|dragend|mouseup|for|removeChild|parentNode|getPanes|stopPropagation|div|preventDefault|arguments|apply|label|mousedown|dblclick|none|click|mouseout|createElement|fromLatLngToDivPixel|getProjection|01|100|LatLng|hasOwnProperty|in|getDraggable|mousemove|getTitle|getMap|title|cloneNode|nodeType|draw|removeListener|length|onRemove|labelstyle_changed|onAdd|labelclass_changed|overlayMouseTarget|labelanchor_changed|OverlayView|labelcontent_changed|overlayImage|title_changed|labelvisible_changed|visible_changed|zindex_changed|position_changed|1000000|cancelBubble|markerLabels|Point|block|getVisible|getCursor|parseInt|pointer'.split('|'),0,{})) var map; var mapOptions = { center: new google.maps.LatLng(35, 105), zoom: 3, mapTypeId: google.maps.MapTypeId.ROADMAP }; var locations = [ ['Hong Kong', 22.39, 114.10, 1885], ['Shanghai', 31.232, 121.47, 5885], ['Beijing', 39.88, 116.40, 6426], ['Guangzhou', 23.129, 113.264, 4067], ['Shenzhen', 22.54, 114.05, 3089], ['Hangzhou', 30.27, 120.15, 954] ]; var infowindow = new google.maps.InfoWindow(); var i; /* for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { marker = new google.maps.Marker({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), map: map }); google.maps.event.addListener(marker, 'click', (function(marker, i) { return function() { infowindow.setContent(locations[i][0]); infowindow.open(map, marker); } })(marker, i)); } */ function myMarker(options) { if(!options.labelAnchor) { options.labelAnchor = new google.maps.Point(30, 50); } if(!options.labelClass) { options.labelClass = "labels"; } options.map = map; return new MarkerWithLabel(options); } function initialize() { map = new google.maps.Map(document.getElementById("map_canvas"), mapOptions); for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { var marker = new MarkerWithLabel({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), draggable: false, map: map, labelContent: locations[i][3], labelAnchor: new google.maps.Point(30, 0), labelClass: "labels", // the CSS class for the label labelStyle: {opacity: 0.75} }); } /* var marker2 = new myMarker({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(20,20), draggable: true, labelContent: "second" }); */ } google.maps.event.addDomListener(window, 'load', initialize); </script> </head> <body onload="initialize()"> <div id="map_canvas" style="width:85%; height:85%"></div> <script type="text/javascript"> </script> </body> </html> EDIT I have been trying to experiment with the MarkerManager, but I can't get the markers to create successfully on different zoom levels. First, I changed my default zoom level to 1, and then I changed my code to what is shown below. function initialize() { map = new google.maps.Map(document.getElementById("map_canvas"), mapOptions); /* for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { var marker = new MarkerWithLabel({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), draggable: false, map: map, labelContent: locations[i][3], labelAnchor: new google.maps.Point(30, 0), labelClass: "labels", // the CSS class for the label labelStyle: {opacity: 0.75} }); } */ var listener = google.maps.event.addListener(map, 'bounds_changed', function(){ setupMarkers(); google.maps.event.removeListener(listener); }); } function createCityMarkers() { for (i = 0; i < locations.length; i++) { var marker = new MarkerWithLabel({ position: new google.maps.LatLng(locations[i][1], locations[i][2]), draggable: false, map: map, labelContent: locations[i][3], labelAnchor: new google.maps.Point(30, 0), labelClass: "labels", // the CSS class for the label labelStyle: {opacity: 0.75} }); } } function setupMarkers() { mgr = new MarkerManager(map); google.maps.event.addListener(mgr, 'loaded', function(){ mgr.addMarkers(createCityMarkers(), 4); mgr.refresh(); }); } I have also tried applying the source code of this link as well, but nothing is working out. And when I copy the source code directly to my computer and replace all the icons with markers, the markers still don't appear. I can't seem to figure how to make markers appear using the marker Manager. http://google-maps-utility-library-v3.googlecode.com/svn/tags/markermanager/1.0/examples/weather_map.html

    Read the article

  • Accelerated C++, problem 5-6 (copying values from inside a vector to the front)

    - by Darel
    Hello, I'm working through the exercises in Accelerated C++ and I'm stuck on question 5-6. Here's the problem description: (somewhat abbreviated, I've removed extraneous info.) 5-6. Write the extract_fails function so that it copies the records for the passing students to the beginning of students, and then uses the resize function to remove the extra elements from the end of students. (students is a vector of student structures. student structures contain an individual student's name and grades.) More specifically, I'm having trouble getting the vector.insert function to properly copy the passing student structures to the start of the vector students. Here's the extract_fails function as I have it so far (note it doesn't resize the vector yet, as directed by the problem description; that should be trivial once I get past my current issue.) // Extract the students who failed from the "students" vector. void extract_fails(vector<Student_info>& students) { typedef vector<Student_info>::size_type str_sz; typedef vector<Student_info>::iterator iter; iter it = students.begin(); str_sz i = 0, count = 0; while (it != students.end()) { // fgrade tests wether or not the student failed if (!fgrade(*it)) { // if student passed, copy to front of vector students.insert(students.begin(), it, it); // tracks of the number of passing students(so we can properly resize the array) count++; } cout << it->name << endl; // output to verify that each student is iterated to it++; } } The code compiles and runs, but the students vector isn't adding any student structures to its front. My program's output displays that the students vector is unchanged. Here's my complete source code, followed by a sample input file (I redirect input from the console by typing " < grades" after the compiled program name at the command prompt.) #include <iostream> #include <string> #include <algorithm> // to get the declaration of `sort' #include <stdexcept> // to get the declaration of `domain_error' #include <vector> // to get the declaration of `vector' //driver program for grade partitioning examples using std::cin; using std::cout; using std::endl; using std::string; using std::domain_error; using std::sort; using std::vector; using std::max; using std::istream; struct Student_info { std::string name; double midterm, final; std::vector<double> homework; }; bool compare(const Student_info&, const Student_info&); std::istream& read(std::istream&, Student_info&); std::istream& read_hw(std::istream&, std::vector<double>&); double median(std::vector<double>); double grade(double, double, double); double grade(double, double, const std::vector<double>&); double grade(const Student_info&); bool fgrade(const Student_info&); void extract_fails(vector<Student_info>& v); int main() { vector<Student_info> vs; Student_info s; string::size_type maxlen = 0; while (read(cin, s)) { maxlen = max(maxlen, s.name.size()); vs.push_back(s); } sort(vs.begin(), vs.end(), compare); extract_fails(vs); // display the new, modified vector - it should be larger than // the input vector, due to some student structures being // added to the front of the vector. cout << "count: " << vs.size() << endl << endl; vector<Student_info>::iterator it = vs.begin(); while (it != vs.end()) cout << it++->name << endl; return 0; } // Extract the students who failed from the "students" vector. void extract_fails(vector<Student_info>& students) { typedef vector<Student_info>::size_type str_sz; typedef vector<Student_info>::iterator iter; iter it = students.begin(); str_sz i = 0, count = 0; while (it != students.end()) { // fgrade tests wether or not the student failed if (!fgrade(*it)) { // if student passed, copy to front of vector students.insert(students.begin(), it, it); // tracks of the number of passing students(so we can properly resize the array) count++; } cout << it->name << endl; // output to verify that each student is iterated to it++; } } bool compare(const Student_info& x, const Student_info& y) { return x.name < y.name; } istream& read(istream& is, Student_info& s) { // read and store the student's name and midterm and final exam grades is >> s.name >> s.midterm >> s.final; read_hw(is, s.homework); // read and store all the student's homework grades return is; } // read homework grades from an input stream into a `vector<double>' istream& read_hw(istream& in, vector<double>& hw) { if (in) { // get rid of previous contents hw.clear(); // read homework grades double x; while (in >> x) hw.push_back(x); // clear the stream so that input will work for the next student in.clear(); } return in; } // compute the median of a `vector<double>' // note that calling this function copies the entire argument `vector' double median(vector<double> vec) { typedef vector<double>::size_type vec_sz; vec_sz size = vec.size(); if (size == 0) throw domain_error("median of an empty vector"); sort(vec.begin(), vec.end()); vec_sz mid = size/2; return size % 2 == 0 ? (vec[mid] + vec[mid-1]) / 2 : vec[mid]; } // compute a student's overall grade from midterm and final exam grades and homework grade double grade(double midterm, double final, double homework) { return 0.2 * midterm + 0.4 * final + 0.4 * homework; } // compute a student's overall grade from midterm and final exam grades // and vector of homework grades. // this function does not copy its argument, because `median' does so for us. double grade(double midterm, double final, const vector<double>& hw) { if (hw.size() == 0) throw domain_error("student has done no homework"); return grade(midterm, final, median(hw)); } double grade(const Student_info& s) { return grade(s.midterm, s.final, s.homework); } // predicate to determine whether a student failed bool fgrade(const Student_info& s) { return grade(s) < 60; } Sample input file: Moo 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Fail1 45 55 65 80 90 70 65 60 Moore 75 85 77 59 0 85 75 89 Norman 57 78 73 66 78 70 88 89 Olson 89 86 70 90 55 73 80 84 Peerson 47 70 82 73 50 87 73 71 Baker 67 72 73 40 0 78 55 70 Davis 77 70 82 65 70 77 83 81 Edwards 77 72 73 80 90 93 75 90 Fail2 55 55 65 50 55 60 65 60 Thanks to anyone who takes the time to look at this!

    Read the article

  • JQuery dynamic .load - works for 1 and not for the other??

    - by Alvin
    UPDATE: Site is online http://qwickqual.com/memorial/create/ under "Memoria Media" - Click on "Our Videos" and it loads the list of categories click on any sub category and it goes through the process below ---------------- end edit ---------------------------------- UPDATED DESCRIPTION OF ERROR: All code is based on <li> objects being linked If I click on an <li> from the Initial page load to load: section 1: I can click on an <li> to load sub-categories section 2: I then click on an <li>, the query is made server returns section 3, section is not loaded to screen / and callback function is skipped over perhaps someone has run into a similar issue before?? ---------------- end edit ---------------------------------- I've also added comments to the code I have a jquery function that is setup to load categorized lists of thumbnails. So far the function is in use in 3 location. Each of them generates HTML using the same template under django. The function works perfectly in 2 of the 3 locations, and I"m plain stumped as to why the 3rd won't work. Below is the complete set of relevant javascript, the page load HTML for the relevant section. And 2 examples of HTML that is loaded through the script, 1 of them works, 1 of them doesn't and both are loaded into the same page load HTML Any ideas what I'm missing here? Or information I need to add to help debug? Currently posting this to a live server to interact with, been local only till now... Error: Script works properly through all levels of title="our_photos" Script loads 1st level of title="our_videos" Script will not load sub-category of title="our_videos" Example: From HTML below: Click on Script will query the server properly: GET http://localhost%3A8000/memorial/media%5Ftype/our%5Fvideos/4/ Script will not load the returned HTML into the #select_media div scopeChain: [Call, Call multi=false uri=/memorial/media_type/our_videos/, Window # 0=Call 1=Call 2=window] relative vars: label = "our_videos" wrapper = "media" uri = "/memorial/media_type/our_videos/" multi = false Javascript <script type="text/javascript"> // this piece is where I'm having trouble in the grand scheme of things // label = piece of class tag // wrapper = tag to load everything inside of // uri = base of the page to load // multi = not relevant for this piece but needed to pass on to next function function img_thumb_loader(label, wrapper, uri, multi) { if(!(wrapper)) { wrapper = label } $('.'+label+'_category').click(function () { // show the loading animation $('div#'+wrapper+'_load').show(); // get var of current object type = $(this).attr('title') || ''; // load it into the screen - this is the error // when I click on an <li> from section 2 below it will query server // (Tamper data & server see it - & return section 3 below // But will not load into the screen on return // also skips over the callback function $('#select_'+label).load(uri+type+'/', '', function() { $('div#'+wrapper+'_load').hide(); $('input.img_'+label+'_field').each(function() { img = $(this).attr('value'); $('li#img_'+label+'-'+img).css('selected_thumb'); }); img_thumb_selected(label); window[label+'_loader'](); }); }); $('.img_'+label).click(function () { if($(this).hasClass('selected_thumb')) { $(this).removeClass('selected_thumb'); id = $(this).attr('title'); $('.img_'+label+'_selected[value="'+id+'"]').remove(); } else { if(!(multi)) { previous = $('.img_'+label+'_selected').val(); $('#img_'+label+'-'+previous).removeClass('selected_thumb'); $('.img_'+label+'_selected').remove(); } $(this).addClass('selected_thumb'); id = $(this).attr('title'); $('#select_'+wrapper).after('<input class="img_'+label+'_selected" id="img_'+label+'_field-'+id+'" type="hidden" name="imgs[]" value="'+id+'" />'); } }); img_thumb_selected(label); } function img_thumb_selected(label) { $('.img_'+label+'_selected').each(function() { current = $(this).val(); if(current) { $('#img_'+label+'-'+current).addClass('selected_thumb'); } }); } function media_type() { $('.media_type').click(function () { $('#media_load').show(); type = $(this).attr('title') || ''; $('#select_media').load('/memorial/media_type/'+type+'/', '', function() { $('#select_media').wrapInner('<div id="select_'+type+'"></div>'); $('#select_media').append('<ul class="root_link"><h3><a class="load_media" onclick="return false;" href="#">Return to Select Media Type</a></h3></ul>'); load_media_type(); $('#media_load').hide(); window[type+'_loader'](); }); }); } media_type(); function load_media_type() { $('.load_media').click(function () { $('#media_load').show(); $('#select_media').load('{% url mem_media_type %}', '', function() { $('#media_load').hide(); media_type(); }); }); } function our_photos_loader() { img_thumb_loader('our_photos', 'media', '{% url mem_our_photos %}', true); } function our_videos_loader() { img_thumb_loader('our_videos', 'media', '{% url mem_our_videos %}', false); } </script> HTML - Initial Page load <fieldset> <legend>Memorial Media</legend> <div style="display: none;" id="media_load" class="loading"/> <div id="select_media"> <ul style="width: 528px;" class="initial"> <li title="your_photos" class="media_type"><div class="photo_select_upload"><h3>Your Photos</h3></div></li> <li title="our_photos" class="media_type"><div class="photo_select"><h3>Our Photos</h3></div></li> <li title="our_videos" class="media_type"><div class="video_select"><h3>Our Videos</h3></div></li> </ul> </div> </fieldset> HTML - Returned from Click on section 1 this section can make calls to subcategories and it will work <br class="clear" /> <ul class="thumb_sub_category" style="width: 352px;"> <li id="our_photos_category-29" class="our_photos_category" title="29"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/stuff_004_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Birds 1</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_photos_category-25" class="our_photos_category" title="25"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/dsc_0035_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Dogs 1</p> </div> </li> </ul> HTML - Returned from click on Section 2 Having trouble with sub-categories from this area <br class="clear" /> <ul class="thumb_sub_category" style="width: 528px;"> <li id="our_videos_category-1" class="our_videos_category" title="1"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/forest-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 1</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-3" class="our_videos_category" title="3"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 3</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-4" class="our_videos_category" title="4"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-3_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 4</p> </div> </li> </ul> HTML that fails to load inside - Section 3 <br class="clear" /> <ul class="thumb_sub_category" style="width: 528px;"> <li id="our_videos_category-1" class="our_videos_category" title="1"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/forest-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 1</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-3" class="our_videos_category" title="3"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 3</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-4" class="our_videos_category" title="4"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-3_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 4</p> </div> </li> </ul>

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Oracle Support Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1)

    - by faye.todd(at)oracle.com
    Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1) Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle Corporation. All Rights Reserved. In this Document  Purpose  Last Review Date  Instructions for the Reader  Troubleshooting Details     1. Scope and Application      2. Definitions and Classifications     3. How to Use This Guide     4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting     5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages     6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment     7. Performance Issues  References Applies to: Oracle Server - Enterprise Edition - Version: 8.1.7.0 to 11.2.0.2 - Release: 8.1.7 to 11.2Information in this document applies to any platform. Purpose This document presents a step-by-step methodology for troubleshooting and resolving problems with Advanced Queuing Propagation in both Streams and basic Advanced Queuing environments. It also serves as a master reference for other more specific notes on Oracle Streams Propagation and Advanced Queuing Propagation issues. Last Review Date December 20, 2010 Instructions for the Reader A Troubleshooting Guide is provided to assist in debugging a specific issue. When possible, diagnostic tools are included in the document to assist in troubleshooting. Troubleshooting Details 1. Scope and Application This note is intended for Database Administrators of Oracle databases where issues are being encountered with propagating messages between advanced queues, whether the queues are used for user-created messaging systems or for Oracle Streams. It contains troubleshooting steps and links to notes for further problem resolution.It can also be used a template to document a problem when it is necessary to engage Oracle Support Services. Knowing what is NOT happening can frequently speed up the resolution process by focusing solely on the pertinent problem area. This guide is divided into five parts: Section 2: Definitions and Classifications (discusses the different types and features of propagations possible - helpful for understanding the rest of the guide) Section 3: How to Use this Guide (to be used as a start part for determining the scope of the problem and what sections to consult) Section 4. Basic AQ propagation troubleshooting (applies to both AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages as well as Oracle Streams propagations) Section 5. Additional troubleshooting steps for AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages Section 6. Additional troubleshooting steps for Oracle Streams propagation Section 7. Performance issues 2. Definitions and Classifications Given the potential scope of issues that can be encountered with AQ propagation, the first recommended step is to do some basic diagnosis to determine the type of problem that is being encountered. 2.1. What Type of Propagation is Being Used? 2.1.1. Buffered Messaging For an advanced queue, messages can be maintained on disk (persistent messaging) or in memory (buffered messaging). To determine if a queue is buffered or not, reference the GV_$BUFFERED_QUEUES view. If the queue does not appear in this view, it is persistent. 2.1.2. Propagation mode - queue-to-dblink vs queue-to-queue As of 10.2, an AQ propagation can also be defined as queue-to-dblink, or queue-to-queue: queue-to-dblink: The propagation delivers messages or events from the source queue to all subscribing queues at the destination database identified by the dblink. A single propagation schedule is used to propagate messages to all subscribing queues. Hence any changes made to this schedule will affect message delivery to all the subscribing queues. This mode does not support multiple propagations from the same source queue to the same target database. queue-to-queue: Added in 10.2, this propagation mode delivers messages or events from the source queue to a specific destination queue identified on the database link. This allows the user to have fine-grained control on the propagation schedule for message delivery. This new propagation mode also supports transparent failover when propagating to a destination Oracle RAC system. With queue-to-queue propagation, you are no longer required to re-point a database link if the owner instance of the queue fails on Oracle RAC. This mode supports multiple propagations to the same target database if the target queues are different. The default is queue-to-dblink. To verify if queue-to-queue propagation is being used, in non-Streams environments query DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.DESTINATION - if a remote queue is listed along with the remote database link, then queue-to-queue propagation is being used. For Streams environments, the DBA_PROPAGATION.QUEUE_TO_QUEUE column can be checked.See the following note for a method to switch between the two modes:Document 827473.1 How to alter propagation from queue-to-queue to queue-to-dblink 2.1.3. Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) for Streams In 11g Oracle Streams environments, an optimization called Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) is implemented by default when possible. Although a propagation is configured in this case, Streams does not use it; instead it passes information directly from capture to an apply receiver. To see if CCA is in use: COLUMN CAPTURE_NAME HEADING 'Capture Name' FORMAT A30COLUMN OPTIMIZATION HEADING 'CCA Mode?' FORMAT A10SELECT CAPTURE_NAME, DECODE(OPTIMIZATION,0, 'No','Yes') OPTIMIZATIONFROM V$STREAMS_CAPTURE; Also, see the following note:Document 463820.1 Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11g 2.2. Queue Table Compatibility There are three types of queue table compatibility. In more recent databases, queue tables may be present in all three modes of compatibility: 8.0 - earliest version, deprecated in 10.2 onwards 8.1 - support added for RAC, asynchronous notification, secure queues, queue level access control, rule-based subscribers, separate storage of history information 10.0 - if the database is in 10.1-compatible mode, then the default value for queue table compatibility is 10.0 2.3. Single vs Multiple Consumer Queue Tables If more than one recipient can dequeue a message from a queue, then its queue table is multiple consumer. You can propagate messages from a multiple-consumer queue to a single-consumer queue. Propagation from a single-consumer queue to a multiple-consumer queue is not possible. 3. How to Use This Guide 3.1. Are Messages Being Propagated at All, or is the Propagation Just Slow? Run the following query on the source database for the propagation (assuming that it is running): select TOTAL_NUMBER from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME='<source_queue_name>'; If TOTAL_NUMBER is increasing, then propagation is most likely functioning, although it may be slow. For performance issues, see Section 7. 3.2. Propagation Between Persistent User-Created Queues See Sections 4 and 5 (and optionally Section 6 if performance is an issue). 3.3. Propagation Between Buffered User-Created Queues See Sections 4, 5, and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.4. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (without Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) See Sections 4 and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.5. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (with Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) Although an AQ propagation is not used directly in this case, some characteristics of the message transfer are inferred from the propagation parameters used. Some parts of Sections 4 and 6 still apply. 3.6. Messaging Gateway Propagations This note does not apply to Messaging Gateway propagations. 4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting 4.1. Double-check Your Code Make sure that you are consistent in your usage of the database link(s) names, queue names, etc. It may be useful to plot a diagram of which queues are connected via which database links to make sure that the logical structure is correct. 4.2. Verify that Job Queue Processes are Running 4.2.1. Versions 10.2 and Lower - DBA_JOBS Package For versions 10.2 and lower, a scheduled propagation is managed by DBMS_JOB package. The propagation is performed by job queue process background processes. Therefore we need to verify that there are sufficient processes available for the propagation process. We should have at least 4 job queue processes running and preferably more depending on the number of other jobs running in the database. It should be noted that for AQ specific work, AQ will only ever use half of the job queue processes available.An issue caused by an inadequate job queue processes parameter setting is described in the following note:Document 298015.1 Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To Self 4.2.1.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; 4.2.1.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currentlyin use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.1.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (spids) of job queue processes involved in propagation via select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from V$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOBand j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.In 8i a job queue process will have a name similar to: ora_snp1_<instance_name>.In 9i onwards you will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.2.2. Version 11.1 and Above - Oracle Scheduler In version 11.1 and above, Oracle Scheduler is used to perform AQ and Streams propagations. Oracle Scheduler automatically tunes the number of slave processes for these jobs based on the load on the computer system, and the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter is only used to specify the maximum number of slave processes. Therefore, the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter does not need to be set (it defaults to a very high number), unless you want to limit the number of slaves that can be created. If JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES = 0, no propagation jobs will run.See the following note for a discussion of Oracle Streams 11g and Oracle Scheduler:Document 1083608.1 11g Streams and Oracle Scheduler 4.2.2.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0, and preferably be left at its default value. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; To set the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES parameter to its default value, run: connect / as sysdbaalter system reset JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES; and then bounce the instance. 4.2.2.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currently in use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.2.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (SPIDs) of job queue processes involved in propagation via col PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_namefrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDRand jr.JOB_name=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.You will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.3. Check the Alert Log and Any Associated Trace Files The first place to check for propagation failures is the alert logs at all sites (local and if relevant all remote sites). When a job queue process attempts to execute a schedule and fails it will always write an error stack to the alert log. This error stack will also be written in a job queue process trace file, which will be written to the BACKGROUND_DUMP_DEST location for 10.2 and below, and in the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST location for 11g. The fact that errors are written to the alert log demonstrates that the schedule is executing. This means that the problem could be with the set up of the schedule. In this example the ORA-02068 demonstrates that the failure was at the remote site. Further investigation revealed that the remote database was not open, hence the ORA-03114 error. Starting the database resolved the problem. Thu Feb 14 10:40:05 2002 Propagation Schedule for (AQADM.MULTIPLEQ, SHANE816.WORLD) encountered following error:ORA-04052: error occurred when looking up Remote object [email protected]: error occurred at recursive SQL level 4ORA-02068: following severe error from SHANE816ORA-03114: not connected to ORACLEORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS", line 4770ORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM", line 548ORA-06512: at line 1 Other potential errors that may be written to the alert log can be found in the following notes:Document 827184.1 AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990 (11.1)Document 846297.1 AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn] (10.2, 11.1)Document 731292.1 ORA-25215 Reported on Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tables (10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 365093.1 ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] Reported on Propagation of a Transformed Message (10.1, 10.2)Document 219416.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails with ORA-22922 (9.0)Document 1203544.1 AQ Propagation Aborted with ORA-600 [ociksin: invalid status] on SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE After Upgrade (11.1, 11.2)Document 1087324.1 ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Advanced Queuing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfiguration (10.2)Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370 incorrect usage of method" (9.2, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 332792.1 ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up Statspack (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1)Document 353325.1 ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE <queue_name> and destination <dblink> (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 787367.1 ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2 (10.1, 10.2)Document 566622.1 ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1 (9.2, 10.1)Document 731539.1 ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTP (9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1)Document 253131.1 Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555) (9.2)Document 118884.1 How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateDocument 222992.1 DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 1204080.1 AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.Document 1233675.1 AQ Propagation stops after upgrade to 11.2.0.1 ORA-30757 4.3.1. Errors Related to Incorrect Network Configuration The most common propagation errors result from an incorrect network configuration. The list below contains common errors caused by tnsnames.ora file or database links being configured incorrectly: - ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve service name- ORA-12505: TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor- ORA-12514: TNS:listener could not resolve SERVICE_NAME - ORA-12541: TNS-12541 TNS:no listener 4.4. Check the Database Links Exist and are Functioning Correctly For schedules to remote databases confirm the database link exists via. SQL> col DBLINK for a45SQL> select QNAME, NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), DESTINATION) dblink2 from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES3 where MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT';QNAME DBLINK------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------MY_QUEUE ORCL102B.WORLD Connect as the owner of the link and select across it to verify it works and connects to the database we expect. i.e. select * from ALL_QUEUES@ ORCL102B.WORLD; You need to ensure that the userid that scheduled the propagation (using DBMS_AQADM.SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.CREATE_PROPAGATION if using Streams) has access to the database link for the destination. 4.5. Has Propagation Been Correctly Scheduled? Check that the propagation schedule has been created and that a job queue process has been assigned. Look for the entry in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES and SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES for your schedule. For 10g and below, check that it has a JOBNO entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_JOBS with that JOBNO. For 11g and above, check that the schedule has a JOB_NAME entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS with that JOB_NAME. Check the destination is as intended and spelled correctly. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, DESTINATION, SCHEDULE_DISABLED, PROCESS_NAME from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME DESTINATION S PROCESS------- ---------- ------------------ - -----------AQADM MULTIPLEQ AQ$_LOCAL N J000 AQ$_LOCAL in the destination column shows that the queue to which we are propagating to is in the same database as the source queue. If the propagation was to a remote (different) database, a database link will be in the DESTINATION column. The entry in the SCHEDULE_DISABLED column, N, means that the schedule is NOT disabled. If Y (yes) appears in this column, propagation is disabled and the schedule will not be executed. If not using Oracle Streams, propagation should resume once you have enabled the schedule by invoking DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (for 10.2 Oracle Streams and above, the DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION procedure should be used). The PROCESS_NAME is the name of the job queue process currently allocated to execute the schedule. This process is allocated dynamically at execution time. If the PROCESS_NAME column is null (empty) the schedule is not currently executing. You may need to execute this statement a number of times to verify if a process is being allocated. If a process is at some time allocated to the schedule, it is attempting to execute. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, LAST_RUN_DATE, NEXT_RUN_DATE from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME LAST_RUN_DATE NEXT_RUN_DATE------ ----- ----------------------- ----------------------- AQADM MULTIPLEQ 13-FEB-2002 13:18:57 13-FEB-2002 13:20:30 In 11g, these dates are expressed in TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE datatypes. If the NEXT_RUN_DATE and NEXT_RUN_TIME columns are null when this statement is executed, the scheduled propagation is currently in progress. If they never change it would suggest that the schedule itself is never executing. If the next scheduled execution is too far away, change the NEXT_TIME parameter of the schedule so that schedules are executed more frequently (assuming that the window is not set to be infinite). Parameters of a schedule can be changed using the DBMS_AQADM.ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE call. In 10g and below, scheduling propagation posts a job in the DBA_JOBS view. The columns are more or less the same as DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES so you just need to recognize the job and verify that it exists. SQL> select JOB, WHAT from DBA_JOBS where WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';JOB WHAT---- ----------------- 720 next_date := sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job); For 11g, scheduling propagation posts a job in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS instead: SQL> select JOB_NAME from DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS where JOB_NAME like 'AQ_JOB$_%';JOB_NAME------------------------------AQ_JOB$_41 If no job exists, check DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES to make sure that the schedule has not been disabled. For 10g and below, the job number is dynamic for AQ propagation schedules. The procedure that is executed to expedite a propagation schedule runs, removes itself from DBA_JOBS, and then reposts a new job for the next scheduled propagation. The job number should therefore always increment unless the schedule has been set up to run indefinitely. 4.6. Is the Schedule Executing but Failing to Complete? Run the following query: SQL> select FAILURES, LAST_ERROR_MSG from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;FAILURES LAST_ERROR_MSG------------ -----------------------1 ORA-25207: enqueue failed, queue AQADM.INQ is disabled from enqueueingORA-02063: preceding line from SHANE816 The failures column shows how many times we have attempted to execute the schedule and failed. Oracle will attempt to execute the schedule 16 times after which it will be removed from the DBA_JOBS or DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view and the schedule will become disabled. The column DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.SCHEDULE_DISABLED will show 'Y'. For 11g and above, the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS.STATE column will show 'BROKEN' for the job corresponding to DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.JOB_NAME. Prior to 10g the back off algorithm for failures was exponential, whereas from 10g onwards it is linear. The propagation will become disabled on the 17th attempt. Only the last execution failure will be reflected in the LAST_ERROR_MSG column. That is, if the schedule fails 5 times for 5 different reasons, only the last set of errors will be recorded in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES. Any errors need to be resolved to allow propagation to continue. If propagation has also become disabled due to 17 failures, first resolve the reason for the error and then re-enable the schedule using the DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure, or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION if using 10.2 or above Oracle Streams. As soon as the schedule executes successfully the error message entries will be deleted. Oracle does not keep a history of past failures. However, when using Oracle Streams, the errors will be retained in the DBA_PROPAGATION view even after the schedule resumes successfully. See the following note for instructions on how to clear out the errors from the DBA_PROPAGATION view:Document 808136.1 How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view?If a schedule is active and no errors are being reported then the source queue may not have any messages to be propagated. 4.7. Do the Propagation Notification Queue Table and Queue Exist? Check to see that the propagation notification queue table and queue exist and are enabled for enqueue and dequeue. Propagation makes use of the propagation notification queue for handling propagation run-time events, and the messages in this queue are stored in a SYS-owned queue table. This queue should never be stopped or dropped and the corresponding queue table never be dropped. 10g and belowThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ$_PROP_TABLE_n, where 'n' is the RAC instance number, i.e. '1' for a non-RAC environment. This queue and queue table are created implicitly when propagation is first scheduled. If propagation has been scheduled and these objects do not exist, try unscheduling and rescheduling propagation. If they still do not exist contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1SQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 YES YESAQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E NO NO If the AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue.11g and aboveThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ_PROP_TABLE, and is created when the database is created. If they do not exist, contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ_PROP_TABLESQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ_PROP_NOTIFY YES YESAQ$_AQ_PROP_TABLE_E NO NO If the AQ_PROP_NOTIFY queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue. 4.8. Does the Remote Queue Exist and is it Enabled for Enqueueing? Check that the remote queue the propagation is transferring messages to exists and is enabled for enqueue: SQL> select DESTINATION from USER_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME = 'OUTQ';DESTINATION-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"AQADM"."INQ"@M2V102.ESSQL> select OWNER, NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED from [email protected];OWNER NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE-------- ------ ----------- -----------AQADM INQ YES YES 4.9. Do the Target and Source Database Charactersets Differ? If a message fails to propagate, check the database charactersets of the source and target databases. Investigate whether the same message can propagate between the databases with the same characterset or it is only a particular combination of charactersets which causes a problem. 4.10. Check the Queue Table Type Agreement Propagation is not possible between queue tables which have types that differ in some respect. One way to determine if this is the case is to run the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure for the two queues that the propagation operates on. If the types do not agree, DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES will return '0'.For AQ propagation between databases which have different NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS settings, propagation will not work, unless the queues are Oracle Streams ANYDATA queues.See the following notes for issues caused by lack of type agreement:Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 353754.1 Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT 4.11. Enable Propagation Tracing 4.11.1. System Level This is set it in the init.ora/spfile as follows: event="24040 trace name context forever, level 10" and restart the instanceThis event cannot be set dynamically with an alter system command until version 10.2: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context forever, level 10'; To unset the event: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context off'; Debugging information will be logged to job queue trace file(s) (jnnn) as propagation takes place. You can check the trace file for errors, and for statements indicating that messages have been sent. For the most part the trace information is understandable. This trace should also be uploaded to Oracle Support if a service request is created. 4.11.2. Attaching to a Specific Process We can also attach to an existing job queue processes that is running a propagation schedule and trace it individually using the oradebug utility, as follows:10.2 and below connect / as sysdbaselect p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from v$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 11g connect / as sysdbacol PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_NAMEfrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 4.11.3. Further Tracing The previous tracing steps only trace the job queue process executing the propagation on the source. At times it is useful to trace the propagation receiver process (the session which is enqueueing the messages into the target queue) on the target database which is associated with the job queue process on the source database.These following queries provide ways of identifying the processes involved in propagation so that you can attach to them via oradebug to generate trace information.In order to identify the propagation receiver process you need to execute the query as a user with privileges to access the v$ views in both the local and remote databases so the database link must connect as a user with those privileges in the remote database. The <DBLINK> in the queries should be replaced by the appropriate database link.The queries have two forms due to the differences between operating systems. The value returned by 'Rem Process' is the operating system identifier of the propagation receiver on the remote database. Once identified, this process can be attached to and traced on the remote database using the commands given in Section 4.11.2.10.2 and below - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from v$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 10.2 and below - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS; 11g - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 11g - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS;   5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages 5.1. Check the Privileges of All Users Involved Ensure that the owner of the database link has the necessary privileges on the aq packages. SQL> select TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE from USER_TAB_PRIVS;TABLE_NAME PRIVILEGE------------------------------ ----------------------------------------DBMS_LOCK EXECUTEDBMS_AQ EXECUTEDBMS_AQADM EXECUTEDBMS_AQ_BQVIEW EXECUTEQT52814_BUFFER SELECT Note that when queue table is created, a view called QT<nnn>_BUFFER is created in the SYS schema, and the queue table owner is given SELECT privileges on it. The <nnn> corresponds to the object_id of the associated queue table. SQL> select * from USER_ROLE_PRIVS;USERNAME GRANTED_ROLE ADM DEF OS_------------------------------ ------------------------------ ---- ---- ---AQ_USER1 AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE NO YES NOAQ_USER1 CONNECT NO YES NOAQ_USER1 RESOURCE NO YES NO It is good practice to configure central AQ administrative user. All admin and processing jobs are created, executed and administered as this user. This configuration is not mandatory however, and the database link can be owned by any existing queue user. If this latter configuration is used, ensure that the connecting user has the necessary privileges on the AQ packages and objects involved. Privileges for an AQ Administrative user Execute on DBMS_AQADM Execute on DBMS_AQ Granted the AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE Privileges for an AQ user Execute on DBMS_AQ Execute on the message payload Enqueue privileges on the remote queue Dequeue privileges on the originating queue Privileges need to be confirmed on both sites when propagation is scheduled to remote destinations. Verify that the user ID used to login to the destination through the database link has been granted privileges to use AQ. 5.2. Verify Queue Payload Types AQ will not propagate messages from one queue to another if the payload types of the two queues are not verified to be equivalent. An AQ administrator can verify if the source and destination's payload types match by executing the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure. The results of the type checking will be stored in the SYS.AQ$_MESSAGE_TYPES table. This table can be accessed using the object identifier OID of the source queue and the address database link of the destination queue, i.e. [schema.]queue_name[@destination]. Prior to Oracle 9i the payload (message type) had to be the same for all the queue tables involved in propagation. From Oracle9i onwards a transformation can be used so that payloads can be converted from one type to another. The following procedural call made on the source database can verify whether we can propagate between the source and the destination queue tables. connect aq_user1/[email protected] serverout onDECLARErc_value number;BEGINDBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES(src_queue_name => 'AQ_USER1.Q_1', dest_queue_name => 'AQ_USER2.Q_2',destination => 'dbl_aq_user2.es',rc => rc_value);dbms_output.put_line('rc_value code is '||rc_value);END;/ If propagation is possible then the return code value will be 1. If it is 0 then propagation is not possible and further investigation of the types and transformations used by and in conjunction with the queue tables is required. With regard to comparison of the types the following sql can be used to extract the DDL for a specific type with' %' changed appropriately on the source and target. This can then be compared for the source and target. SET LONG 20000 set pagesize 50 EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'STORAGE',false); SELECT DBMS_METADATA.GET_DDL('TYPE',t.type_name) from user_types t WHERE t.type_name like '%'; EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'DEFAULT'); 5.3. Check Message State and Destination The first step in this process is to identify the queue table associated with the problem source queue. Although you schedule propagation for a specific queue, most of the meta-data associated with that queue is stored in the underlying queue table. The following statement finds the queue table for a given queue (note that this is a multiple-consumer queue table). SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUES where NAME = 'MULTIPLEQ';QUEUE_TABLE --------------------MULTIPLEQTABLE For a small amount of messages in a multiple-consumer queue table, the following query can be run: SQL> select MSG_STATE, CONSUMER_NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE where QUEUE = 'MULTIPLEQ';MSG_STATE CONSUMER_NAME ADDRESS-------------- ----------------------- -------------READY AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1READY AQUSER3 AQADM.INQ In this example we see 2 messages ready to be propagated to remote queues and 1 that is not. If the address column is blank, the message is not scheduled for propagation and can only be dequeued from the queue upon which it was enqueued. The MSG_STATE column values are discussed in Document 102330.1 Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their Interpretation. If the address column has a value, the message has been enqueued for propagation to another queue. The first row in the example includes a database link (@M2V102.ES). This demonstrates that the message should be propagated to a queue at a remote database. The third row does not include a database link so will be propagated to a queue that resides on the same database as the source queue. The consumer name is the intended recipient at the target queue. Note that we are not querying the base queue table directly; rather, we are querying a view that is available on top of every queue table, AQ$<queue_table_name>.A more realistic query in an environment where the queue table contains thousands of messages is8.0.3-compatible multiple-consumer queue table and all compatibility single-consumer queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE from AQ$<queue_table_name>  group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE; 8.1.3 and 10.0-compatible queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME from AQ$<queue_table_name>group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME; For multiple-consumer queue tables, if you did not see the expected CONSUMER_NAME , check the syntax of the enqueue code and verify the recipients are declared correctly. If a recipients list is not used on enqueue, check the subscriber list in the AQ$_<queue_table_name>_S view (note that a single-consumer queue table does not have a subscriber view. This view records all members of the default subscription list which were added using the DBMS_AQADM.ADD_SUBSCRIBER procedure and also those enqueued using a recipient list. SQL> select QUEUE, NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE_S;QUEUE NAME ADDRESS---------- ----------- -------------MULTIPLEQ AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1 In this example we have 2 subscribers registered with the queue. We have a local subscriber AQUSER1, and a remote subscriber AQUSER2, on the queue INQ, owned by AQADM, at M2V102.ES. Unless overridden with a recipient list during enqueue every message enqueued to this queue will be propagated to INQ at M2V102.ES.For 8.1 style and above multiple consumer queue tables, you can also check the following information at the target: select CONSUMER_NAME, DEQ_TXN_ID, DEQ_TIME, DEQ_USER_ID, PROPAGATED_MSGID from AQ$<queue_table_name> where QUEUE = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; For 8.0 style queues, if the queue table supports multiple consumers you can obtain the same information from the history column of the queue table: select h.CONSUMER, h.TRANSACTION_ID, h.DEQ_TIME, h.DEQ_USER, h.PROPAGATED_MSGIDfrom AQ$<queue_table_name> t, table(t.history) h where t.Q_NAME = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; A non-NULL TRANSACTION_ID indicates that the message was successfully propagated. Further, the DEQ_TIME indicates the time of propagation, the DEQ_USER indicates the userid used for propagation, and the PROPAGATED_MSGID indicates the message ID of the message that was enqueued at the destination. 6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment 6.1. Is the Propagation Enabled? For a propagation job to propagate messages, the propagation must be enabled. For Streams, a special view called DBA_PROPAGATION exists to convey information about Streams propagations. If messages are not being propagated by a propagation as expected, then the propagation might not be enabled. To query for this: SELECT p.PROPAGATION_NAME, DECODE(s.SCHEDULE_DISABLED, 'Y', 'Disabled','N', 'Enabled') SCHEDULE_DISABLED, s.PROCESS_NAME, s.FAILURES, s.LAST_ERROR_MSGFROM DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES s, DBA_PROPAGATION pWHERE p.DESTINATION_DBLINK = NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(s.DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), s.DESTINATION) AND s.SCHEMA = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_OWNER AND s.QNAME = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_NAME AND MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT' order by PROPAGATION_NAME; At times, the propagation job may become "broken" or fail to start after an error has been encountered or after a database restart. If an error is indicated by the above query, an attempt to disable the propagation and then re-enable it can be made. In the examples below, for the propagation named STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE where the queue name is STREAMS_QUEUE owned by STRMADMIN and the destination database link is ORCL2.WORLD, the commands would be:10.2 and above exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); If the above does not fix the problem, stop the propagation specifying the force parameter (2nd parameter on stop_propagation) as TRUE: exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE',true); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); The statistics for the propagation as well as any old error messages are cleared when the force parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore if the propagation schedule is stopped with FORCE set to TRUE, and upon restart there is still an error message in DBA_PROPAGATION, then the error message is current.9.2 or 10.1 exec dbms_aqadm.disable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms.aqadm.enable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); If the above does not fix the problem, perform an unschedule of propagation and then schedule_propagation: exec dbms_aqadm.unschedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms_aqadm.schedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); Typically if the error from the first query in Section 6.1 recurs after restarting the propagation as shown above, further troubleshooting of the error is needed. 6.2. Check Propagation Rule Sets and Transformations Inspect the configuration of the rules in the rule set that is associated with the propagation process to make sure that they evaluate to TRUE as expected. If not, then the object or schema will not be propagated. Remember that when a negative rule evaluates to TRUE, the specified object or schema will not be propagated. Finally inspect any rule-based transformations that are implemented with propagation to make sure they are changing the data in the intended way.The following query shows what rule sets are assigned to a propagation: select PROPAGATION_NAME, RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||RULE_SET_NAME "Positive Rule Set",NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME "Negative Rule Set"from DBA_PROPAGATION; The next two queries list the propagation rules and their conditions. The first is for the positive rule set, the second is for the negative rule set: set long 4000select rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES rwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER and RULE_SET_NAME in(select RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME;   set long 4000select c.PROPAGATION_NAME, rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES r ,DBA_PROPAGATION cwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER andrsr.RULE_SET_OWNER=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER and rsr.RULE_SET_NAME=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAMEand rsr.RULE_SET_NAME in(select NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME; 6.3. Determining the Total Number of Messages and Bytes Propagated As in Section 3.1, determining if messages are flowing can be instructive to see whether the propagation is entirely hung or just slow. If the propagation is not in flow control (see Section 6.5.2), but the statistics are incrementing slowly, there may be a performance issue. For Streams implementations two views are available that can assist with this that can show the number of messages sent by a propagation, as well as the number of acknowledgements being returned from the target site: the V$PROPAGATION_SENDER view at the Source site and the V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER view at the destination site. It is helpful to query both to determine if messages are being delivered to the target. Look for the statistics to increase.Source: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, DBLINK,HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS, TOTAL_BYTESfrom V$PROPAGATION_SENDER; Target: select SRC_QUEUE_SCHEMA, SRC_QUEUE_NAME, SRC_DBNAME, DST_QUEUE_SCHEMA, DST_QUEUE_NAME, HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS from V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER; 6.4. Check Buffered Subscribers The V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS view displays information about subscribers for all buffered queues in the instance. This view can be queried to make sure that the site that the propagation is propagating to is listed as a subscriber address for the site being propagated from: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS from V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS; The SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS column will not be populated when the propagation is local (between queues on the same database). 6.5. Common Streams Propagation Errors 6.5.1. ORA-02082: A loopback database link must have a connection qualifier. This error can occur if you use the Streams Setup Wizard in Oracle Enterprise Manager without first configuring the GLOBAL_NAME for your database. 6.5.2. ORA-25307: Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES will display this informational message for propagation when the automatic flow control (10g feature of Streams) has been invoked.Similar to Streams capture processes, a Streams propagation process can also go into a state of 'flow control. This is an informative message that indicates flow control has been automatically enabled to reduce the rate at which messages are being enqueued into at target queue.This typically occurs when the target site is unable to keep up with the rate of messages flowing from the source site. Other than checking that the apply process is running normally on the target site, usually no action is required by the DBA. Propagation and the capture process will be resumed automatically when the target site is able to accept more messages.The following document contains more information:Document 302109.1 Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlSee the following document for one potential cause of this situation:Document 1097115.1 Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' State 6.5.3. ORA-25315 unsupported configuration for propagation of buffered messages This error typically occurs when the target database is RAC and usually indicates that an attempt was made to propagate buffered messages with the database link pointing to an instance in the destination database which is not the owner instance of the destination queue. To resolve the problem, use queue-to-queue propagation for buffered messages. 6.5.4. ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] after dropping / recreating propagation For cause/fixes refer to:Document 421237.1 ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams Propagation 6.5.5. Stopping or Dropping a Streams Propagation Hangs See the following note:Document 1159787.1 Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It Hang 6.6. Streams Propagation-Related Notes for Common Issues Document 437838.1 Streams Specific PatchesDocument 749181.1 How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationDocument 368912.1 Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentDocument 564649.1 ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveDocument 553017.1 Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201Document 944846.1 Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]Document 745601.1 ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'Document 333068.1 ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGADocument 363496.1 Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsDocument 368237.1 Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidDocument 436332.1 dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsDocument 727389.1 Propagation Fails With ORA-12528Document 730911.1 ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetDocument 460471.1 Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsDocument 1165583.1 ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentDocument 1059029.1 Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationDocument 556309.1 Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedDocument 839568.1 Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''Document 311021.1 Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredDocument 359971.1 STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068Document 1101616.1 DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747 7. Performance Issues A propagation may seem to be slow if the queries from Sections 3.1 and 6.3 show that the message statistics are not changing quickly. In Oracle Streams, this more usually is due to a slow apply process at the target rather than a slow propagation. Propagation could be inferred to be slow if the message statistics are changing, and the state of a capture process according to V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE is PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL, but an ORA-25307 'Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control' warning is NOT observed in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES per Section 6.5.2. If this is the case, see the following notes / white papers for suggestions to increase performance:Document 335516.1 Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsDocument 730036.1 Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesDocument 780733.1 Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersWhite Paper: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-wp-10gr2-streams-performance-130059.pdfWhite Paper: Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2, http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-10gr2-streams-configuration-132039.pdf, See APPENDIX A: USING STREAMS CONFIGURATIONS OVER A NETWORKFor basic AQ propagation, the network tuning in the aforementioned Appendix A of the white paper 'Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2' is applicable. References NOTE:102330.1 - Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their InterpretationNOTE:102771.1 - Advanced Queueing Propagation using PL/SQLNOTE:1059029.1 - Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationNOTE:1079577.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"NOTE:1083608.1 - 11g Streams and Oracle SchedulerNOTE:1087324.1 - ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Adavanced Queueing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfigurationNOTE:1097115.1 - Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' StateNOTE:1101616.1 - DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747NOTE:1159787.1 - Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It HangNOTE:1165583.1 - ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentNOTE:118884.1 - How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateNOTE:1203544.1 - AQ PROPAGATION ABORTED WITH ORA-600[OCIKSIN: INVALID STATUS] ON SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE AFTER UPGRADENOTE:1204080.1 - AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.NOTE:219416.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation fails with ORA-22922NOTE:222992.1 - DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082NOTE:253131.1 - Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555)NOTE:282987.1 - Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueNOTE:298015.1 - Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To SelfNOTE:302109.1 - Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlNOTE:311021.1 - Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredNOTE:332792.1 - ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up StatspackNOTE:333068.1 - ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGANOTE:335516.1 - Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsNOTE:353325.1 - ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE and destination NOTE:353754.1 - Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT.NOTE:359971.1 - STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068NOTE:363496.1 - Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsNOTE:365093.1 - ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] reported on Propagation of a Transformed MessageNOTE:368237.1 - Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidNOTE:368912.1 - Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentNOTE:421237.1 - ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams PropagationNOTE:436332.1 - dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsNOTE:437838.1 - Streams Specific PatchesNOTE:460471.1 - Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsNOTE:463820.1 - Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11gNOTE:553017.1 - Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201NOTE:556309.1 - Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedNOTE:564649.1 - ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveNOTE:566622.1 - ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1NOTE:727389.1 - Propagation Fails With ORA-12528NOTE:730036.1 - Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesNOTE:730911.1 - ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetNOTE:731292.1 - ORA-25215 Reported On Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tablesNOTE:731539.1 - ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTPNOTE:745601.1 - ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'NOTE:749181.1 - How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationNOTE:780733.1 - Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersNOTE:787367.1 - ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2NOTE:808136.1 - How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view ?NOTE:827184.1 - AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990NOTE:827473.1 - How to alter propagation from queue_to_queue to queue_to_dblinkNOTE:839568.1 - Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''NOTE:846297.1 - AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn]NOTE:944846.1 - Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]

    Read the article

  • The Incremental Architect&rsquo;s Napkin - #5 - Design functions for extensibility and readability

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/08/24/the-incremental-architectrsquos-napkin---5---design-functions-for.aspx The functionality of programs is entered via Entry Points. So what we´re talking about when designing software is a bunch of functions handling the requests represented by and flowing in through those Entry Points. Designing software thus consists of at least three phases: Analyzing the requirements to find the Entry Points and their signatures Designing the functionality to be executed when those Entry Points get triggered Implementing the functionality according to the design aka coding I presume, you´re familiar with phase 1 in some way. And I guess you´re proficient in implementing functionality in some programming language. But in my experience developers in general are not experienced in going through an explicit phase 2. “Designing functionality? What´s that supposed to mean?” you might already have thought. Here´s my definition: To design functionality (or functional design for short) means thinking about… well, functions. You find a solution for what´s supposed to happen when an Entry Point gets triggered in terms of functions. A conceptual solution that is, because those functions only exist in your head (or on paper) during this phase. But you may have guess that, because it´s “design” not “coding”. And here is, what functional design is not: It´s not about logic. Logic is expressions (e.g. +, -, && etc.) and control statements (e.g. if, switch, for, while etc.). Also I consider calling external APIs as logic. It´s equally basic. It´s what code needs to do in order to deliver some functionality or quality. Logic is what´s doing that needs to be done by software. Transformations are either done through expressions or API-calls. And then there is alternative control flow depending on the result of some expression. Basically it´s just jumps in Assembler, sometimes to go forward (if, switch), sometimes to go backward (for, while, do). But calling your own function is not logic. It´s not necessary to produce any outcome. Functionality is not enhanced by adding functions (subroutine calls) to your code. Nor is quality increased by adding functions. No performance gain, no higher scalability etc. through functions. Functions are not relevant to functionality. Strange, isn´t it. What they are important for is security of investment. By introducing functions into our code we can become more productive (re-use) and can increase evolvability (higher unterstandability, easier to keep code consistent). That´s no small feat, however. Evolvable code can hardly be overestimated. That´s why to me functional design is so important. It´s at the core of software development. To sum this up: Functional design is on a level of abstraction above (!) logical design or algorithmic design. Functional design is only done until you get to a point where each function is so simple you are very confident you can easily code it. Functional design an logical design (which mostly is coding, but can also be done using pseudo code or flow charts) are complementary. Software needs both. If you start coding right away you end up in a tangled mess very quickly. Then you need back out through refactoring. Functional design on the other hand is bloodless without actual code. It´s just a theory with no experiments to prove it. But how to do functional design? An example of functional design Let´s assume a program to de-duplicate strings. The user enters a number of strings separated by commas, e.g. a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a. And the program is supposed to clear this list of all doubles, e.g. a, b, c, d, e. There is only one Entry Point to this program: the user triggers the de-duplication by starting the program with the string list on the command line C:\>deduplicate "a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a" a, b, c, d, e …or by clicking on a GUI button. This leads to the Entry Point function to get called. It´s the program´s main function in case of the batch version or a button click event handler in the GUI version. That´s the physical Entry Point so to speak. It´s inevitable. What then happens is a three step process: Transform the input data from the user into a request. Call the request handler. Transform the output of the request handler into a tangible result for the user. Or to phrase it a bit more generally: Accept input. Transform input into output. Present output. This does not mean any of these steps requires a lot of effort. Maybe it´s just one line of code to accomplish it. Nevertheless it´s a distinct step in doing the processing behind an Entry Point. Call it an aspect or a responsibility - and you will realize it most likely deserves a function of its own to satisfy the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP). Interestingly the above list of steps is already functional design. There is no logic, but nevertheless the solution is described - albeit on a higher level of abstraction than you might have done yourself. But it´s still on a meta-level. The application to the domain at hand is easy, though: Accept string list from command line De-duplicate Present de-duplicated strings on standard output And this concrete list of processing steps can easily be transformed into code:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var output = Deduplicate(input); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } Instead of a big problem there are three much smaller problems now. If you think each of those is trivial to implement, then go for it. You can stop the functional design at this point. But maybe, just maybe, you´re not so sure how to go about with the de-duplication for example. Then just implement what´s easy right now, e.g.private static string Accept_string_list(string[] args) { return args[0]; } private static void Present_deduplicated_string_list( string[] output) { var line = string.Join(", ", output); Console.WriteLine(line); } Accept_string_list() contains logic in the form of an API-call. Present_deduplicated_string_list() contains logic in the form of an expression and an API-call. And then repeat the functional design for the remaining processing step. What´s left is the domain logic: de-duplicating a list of strings. How should that be done? Without any logic at our disposal during functional design you´re left with just functions. So which functions could make up the de-duplication? Here´s a suggestion: De-duplicate Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Processing step 2 obviously was the core of the solution. That´s where real creativity was needed. That´s the core of the domain. But now after this refinement the implementation of each step is easy again:private static string[] Parse_string_list(string input) { return input.Split(',') .Select(s => s.Trim()) .ToArray(); } private static Dictionary<string,object> Compile_unique_strings(string[] strings) { return strings.Aggregate( new Dictionary<string, object>(), (agg, s) => { agg[s] = null; return agg; }); } private static string[] Serialize_unique_strings( Dictionary<string,object> dict) { return dict.Keys.ToArray(); } With these three additional functions Main() now looks like this:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var strings = Parse_string_list(input); var dict = Compile_unique_strings(strings); var output = Serialize_unique_strings(dict); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } I think that´s very understandable code: just read it from top to bottom and you know how the solution to the problem works. It´s a mirror image of the initial design: Accept string list from command line Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Present de-duplicated strings on standard output You can even re-generate the design by just looking at the code. Code and functional design thus are always in sync - if you follow some simple rules. But about that later. And as a bonus: all the functions making up the process are small - which means easy to understand, too. So much for an initial concrete example. Now it´s time for some theory. Because there is method to this madness ;-) The above has only scratched the surface. Introducing Flow Design Functional design starts with a given function, the Entry Point. Its goal is to describe the behavior of the program when the Entry Point is triggered using a process, not an algorithm. An algorithm consists of logic, a process on the other hand consists just of steps or stages. Each processing step transforms input into output or a side effect. Also it might access resources, e.g. a printer, a database, or just memory. Processing steps thus can rely on state of some sort. This is different from Functional Programming, where functions are supposed to not be stateful and not cause side effects.[1] In its simplest form a process can be written as a bullet point list of steps, e.g. Get data from user Output result to user Transform data Parse data Map result for output Such a compilation of steps - possibly on different levels of abstraction - often is the first artifact of functional design. It can be generated by a team in an initial design brainstorming. Next comes ordering the steps. What should happen first, what next etc.? Get data from user Parse data Transform data Map result for output Output result to user That´s great for a start into functional design. It´s better than starting to code right away on a given function using TDD. Please get me right: TDD is a valuable practice. But it can be unnecessarily hard if the scope of a functionn is too large. But how do you know beforehand without investing some thinking? And how to do this thinking in a systematic fashion? My recommendation: For any given function you´re supposed to implement first do a functional design. Then, once you´re confident you know the processing steps - which are pretty small - refine and code them using TDD. You´ll see that´s much, much easier - and leads to cleaner code right away. For more information on this approach I call “Informed TDD” read my book of the same title. Thinking before coding is smart. And writing down the solution as a bunch of functions possibly is the simplest thing you can do, I´d say. It´s more according to the KISS (Keep It Simple, Stupid) principle than returning constants or other trivial stuff TDD development often is started with. So far so good. A simple ordered list of processing steps will do to start with functional design. As shown in the above example such steps can easily be translated into functions. Moving from design to coding thus is simple. However, such a list does not scale. Processing is not always that simple to be captured in a list. And then the list is just text. Again. Like code. That means the design is lacking visuality. Textual representations need more parsing by your brain than visual representations. Plus they are limited in their “dimensionality”: text just has one dimension, it´s sequential. Alternatives and parallelism are hard to encode in text. In addition the functional design using numbered lists lacks data. It´s not visible what´s the input, output, and state of the processing steps. That´s why functional design should be done using a lightweight visual notation. No tool is necessary to draw such designs. Use pen and paper; a flipchart, a whiteboard, or even a napkin is sufficient. Visualizing processes The building block of the functional design notation is a functional unit. I mostly draw it like this: Something is done, it´s clear what goes in, it´s clear what comes out, and it´s clear what the processing step requires in terms of state or hardware. Whenever input flows into a functional unit it gets processed and output is produced and/or a side effect occurs. Flowing data is the driver of something happening. That´s why I call this approach to functional design Flow Design. It´s about data flow instead of control flow. Control flow like in algorithms is of no concern to functional design. Thinking about control flow simply is too low level. Once you start with control flow you easily get bogged down by tons of details. That´s what you want to avoid during design. Design is supposed to be quick, broad brush, abstract. It should give overview. But what about all the details? As Robert C. Martin rightly said: “Programming is abot detail”. Detail is a matter of code. Once you start coding the processing steps you designed you can worry about all the detail you want. Functional design does not eliminate all the nitty gritty. It just postpones tackling them. To me that´s also an example of the SRP. Function design has the responsibility to come up with a solution to a problem posed by a single function (Entry Point). And later coding has the responsibility to implement the solution down to the last detail (i.e. statement, API-call). TDD unfortunately mixes both responsibilities. It´s just coding - and thereby trying to find detailed implementations (green phase) plus getting the design right (refactoring). To me that´s one reason why TDD has failed to deliver on its promise for many developers. Using functional units as building blocks of functional design processes can be depicted very easily. Here´s the initial process for the example problem: For each processing step draw a functional unit and label it. Choose a verb or an “action phrase” as a label, not a noun. Functional design is about activities, not state or structure. Then make the output of an upstream step the input of a downstream step. Finally think about the data that should flow between the functional units. Write the data above the arrows connecting the functional units in the direction of the data flow. Enclose the data description in brackets. That way you can clearly see if all flows have already been specified. Empty brackets mean “no data is flowing”, but nevertheless a signal is sent. A name like “list” or “strings” in brackets describes the data content. Use lower case labels for that purpose. A name starting with an upper case letter like “String” or “Customer” on the other hand signifies a data type. If you like, you also can combine descriptions with data types by separating them with a colon, e.g. (list:string) or (strings:string[]). But these are just suggestions from my practice with Flow Design. You can do it differently, if you like. Just be sure to be consistent. Flows wired-up in this manner I call one-dimensional (1D). Each functional unit just has one input and/or one output. A functional unit without an output is possible. It´s like a black hole sucking up input without producing any output. Instead it produces side effects. A functional unit without an input, though, does make much sense. When should it start to work? What´s the trigger? That´s why in the above process even the first processing step has an input. If you like, view such 1D-flows as pipelines. Data is flowing through them from left to right. But as you can see, it´s not always the same data. It get´s transformed along its passage: (args) becomes a (list) which is turned into (strings). The Principle of Mutual Oblivion A very characteristic trait of flows put together from function units is: no functional units knows another one. They are all completely independent of each other. Functional units don´t know where their input is coming from (or even when it´s gonna arrive). They just specify a range of values they can process. And they promise a certain behavior upon input arriving. Also they don´t know where their output is going. They just produce it in their own time independent of other functional units. That means at least conceptually all functional units work in parallel. Functional units don´t know their “deployment context”. They now nothing about the overall flow they are place in. They are just consuming input from some upstream, and producing output for some downstream. That makes functional units very easy to test. At least as long as they don´t depend on state or resources. I call this the Principle of Mutual Oblivion (PoMO). Functional units are oblivious of others as well as an overall context/purpose. They are just parts of a whole focused on a single responsibility. How the whole is built, how a larger goal is achieved, is of no concern to the single functional units. By building software in such a manner, functional design interestingly follows nature. Nature´s building blocks for organisms also follow the PoMO. The cells forming your body do not know each other. Take a nerve cell “controlling” a muscle cell for example:[2] The nerve cell does not know anything about muscle cells, let alone the specific muscel cell it is “attached to”. Likewise the muscle cell does not know anything about nerve cells, let a lone a specific nerve cell “attached to” it. Saying “the nerve cell is controlling the muscle cell” thus only makes sense when viewing both from the outside. “Control” is a concept of the whole, not of its parts. Control is created by wiring-up parts in a certain way. Both cells are mutually oblivious. Both just follow a contract. One produces Acetylcholine (ACh) as output, the other consumes ACh as input. Where the ACh is going, where it´s coming from neither cell cares about. Million years of evolution have led to this kind of division of labor. And million years of evolution have produced organism designs (DNA) which lead to the production of these different cell types (and many others) and also to their co-location. The result: the overall behavior of an organism. How and why this happened in nature is a mystery. For our software, though, it´s clear: functional and quality requirements needs to be fulfilled. So we as developers have to become “intelligent designers” of “software cells” which we put together to form a “software organism” which responds in satisfying ways to triggers from it´s environment. My bet is: If nature gets complex organisms working by following the PoMO, who are we to not apply this recipe for success to our much simpler “machines”? So my rule is: Wherever there is functionality to be delivered, because there is a clear Entry Point into software, design the functionality like nature would do it. Build it from mutually oblivious functional units. That´s what Flow Design is about. In that way it´s even universal, I´d say. Its notation can also be applied to biology: Never mind labeling the functional units with nouns. That´s ok in Flow Design. You´ll do that occassionally for functional units on a higher level of abstraction or when their purpose is close to hardware. Getting a cockroach to roam your bedroom takes 1,000,000 nerve cells (neurons). Getting the de-duplication program to do its job just takes 5 “software cells” (functional units). Both, though, follow the same basic principle. Translating functional units into code Moving from functional design to code is no rocket science. In fact it´s straightforward. There are two simple rules: Translate an input port to a function. Translate an output port either to a return statement in that function or to a function pointer visible to that function. The simplest translation of a functional unit is a function. That´s what you saw in the above example. Functions are mutually oblivious. That why Functional Programming likes them so much. It makes them composable. Which is the reason, nature works according to the PoMO. Let´s be clear about one thing: There is no dependency injection in nature. For all of an organism´s complexity no DI container is used. Behavior is the result of smooth cooperation between mutually oblivious building blocks. Functions will often be the adequate translation for the functional units in your designs. But not always. Take for example the case, where a processing step should not always produce an output. Maybe the purpose is to filter input. Here the functional unit consumes words and produces words. But it does not pass along every word flowing in. Some words are swallowed. Think of a spell checker. It probably should not check acronyms for correctness. There are too many of them. Or words with no more than two letters. Such words are called “stop words”. In the above picture the optionality of the output is signified by the astrisk outside the brackets. It means: Any number of (word) data items can flow from the functional unit for each input data item. It might be none or one or even more. This I call a stream of data. Such behavior cannot be translated into a function where output is generated with return. Because a function always needs to return a value. So the output port is translated into a function pointer or continuation which gets passed to the subroutine when called:[3]void filter_stop_words( string word, Action<string> onNoStopWord) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } If you want to be nitpicky you might call such a function pointer parameter an injection. And technically you´re right. Conceptually, though, it´s not an injection. Because the subroutine is not functionally dependent on the continuation. Firstly continuations are procedures, i.e. subroutines without a return type. Remember: Flow Design is about unidirectional data flow. Secondly the name of the formal parameter is chosen in a way as to not assume anything about downstream processing steps. onNoStopWord describes a situation (or event) within the functional unit only. Translating output ports into function pointers helps keeping functional units mutually oblivious in cases where output is optional or produced asynchronically. Either pass the function pointer to the function upon call. Or make it global by putting it on the encompassing class. Then it´s called an event. In C# that´s even an explicit feature.class Filter { public void filter_stop_words( string word) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } public event Action<string> onNoStopWord; } When to use a continuation and when to use an event dependens on how a functional unit is used in flows and how it´s packed together with others into classes. You´ll see examples further down the Flow Design road. Another example of 1D functional design Let´s see Flow Design once more in action using the visual notation. How about the famous word wrap kata? Robert C. Martin has posted a much cited solution including an extensive reasoning behind his TDD approach. So maybe you want to compare it to Flow Design. The function signature given is:string WordWrap(string text, int maxLineLength) {...} That´s not an Entry Point since we don´t see an application with an environment and users. Nevertheless it´s a function which is supposed to provide a certain functionality. The text passed in has to be reformatted. The input is a single line of arbitrary length consisting of words separated by spaces. The output should consist of one or more lines of a maximum length specified. If a word is longer than a the maximum line length it can be split in multiple parts each fitting in a line. Flow Design Let´s start by brainstorming the process to accomplish the feat of reformatting the text. What´s needed? Words need to be assembled into lines Words need to be extracted from the input text The resulting lines need to be assembled into the output text Words too long to fit in a line need to be split Does sound about right? I guess so. And it shows a kind of priority. Long words are a special case. So maybe there is a hint for an incremental design here. First let´s tackle “average words” (words not longer than a line). Here´s the Flow Design for this increment: The the first three bullet points turned into functional units with explicit data added. As the signature requires a text is transformed into another text. See the input of the first functional unit and the output of the last functional unit. In between no text flows, but words and lines. That´s good to see because thereby the domain is clearly represented in the design. The requirements are talking about words and lines and here they are. But note the asterisk! It´s not outside the brackets but inside. That means it´s not a stream of words or lines, but lists or sequences. For each text a sequence of words is output. For each sequence of words a sequence of lines is produced. The asterisk is used to abstract from the concrete implementation. Like with streams. Whether the list of words gets implemented as an array or an IEnumerable is not important during design. It´s an implementation detail. Does any processing step require further refinement? I don´t think so. They all look pretty “atomic” to me. And if not… I can always backtrack and refine a process step using functional design later once I´ve gained more insight into a sub-problem. Implementation The implementation is straightforward as you can imagine. The processing steps can all be translated into functions. Each can be tested easily and separately. Each has a focused responsibility. And the process flow becomes just a sequence of function calls: Easy to understand. It clearly states how word wrapping works - on a high level of abstraction. And it´s easy to evolve as you´ll see. Flow Design - Increment 2 So far only texts consisting of “average words” are wrapped correctly. Words not fitting in a line will result in lines too long. Wrapping long words is a feature of the requested functionality. Whether it´s there or not makes a difference to the user. To quickly get feedback I decided to first implement a solution without this feature. But now it´s time to add it to deliver the full scope. Fortunately Flow Design automatically leads to code following the Open Closed Principle (OCP). It´s easy to extend it - instead of changing well tested code. How´s that possible? Flow Design allows for extension of functionality by inserting functional units into the flow. That way existing functional units need not be changed. The data flow arrow between functional units is a natural extension point. No need to resort to the Strategy Pattern. No need to think ahead where extions might need to be made in the future. I just “phase in” the remaining processing step: Since neither Extract words nor Reformat know of their environment neither needs to be touched due to the “detour”. The new processing step accepts the output of the existing upstream step and produces data compatible with the existing downstream step. Implementation - Increment 2 A trivial implementation checking the assumption if this works does not do anything to split long words. The input is just passed on: Note how clean WordWrap() stays. The solution is easy to understand. A developer looking at this code sometime in the future, when a new feature needs to be build in, quickly sees how long words are dealt with. Compare this to Robert C. Martin´s solution:[4] How does this solution handle long words? Long words are not even part of the domain language present in the code. At least I need considerable time to understand the approach. Admittedly the Flow Design solution with the full implementation of long word splitting is longer than Robert C. Martin´s. At least it seems. Because his solution does not cover all the “word wrap situations” the Flow Design solution handles. Some lines would need to be added to be on par, I guess. But even then… Is a difference in LOC that important as long as it´s in the same ball park? I value understandability and openness for extension higher than saving on the last line of code. Simplicity is not just less code, it´s also clarity in design. But don´t take my word for it. Try Flow Design on larger problems and compare for yourself. What´s the easier, more straightforward way to clean code? And keep in mind: You ain´t seen all yet ;-) There´s more to Flow Design than described in this chapter. In closing I hope I was able to give you a impression of functional design that makes you hungry for more. To me it´s an inevitable step in software development. Jumping from requirements to code does not scale. And it leads to dirty code all to quickly. Some thought should be invested first. Where there is a clear Entry Point visible, it´s functionality should be designed using data flows. Because with data flows abstraction is possible. For more background on why that´s necessary read my blog article here. For now let me point out to you - if you haven´t already noticed - that Flow Design is a general purpose declarative language. It´s “programming by intention” (Shalloway et al.). Just write down how you think the solution should work on a high level of abstraction. This breaks down a large problem in smaller problems. And by following the PoMO the solutions to those smaller problems are independent of each other. So they are easy to test. Or you could even think about getting them implemented in parallel by different team members. Flow Design not only increases evolvability, but also helps becoming more productive. All team members can participate in functional design. This goes beyon collective code ownership. We´re talking collective design/architecture ownership. Because with Flow Design there is a common visual language to talk about functional design - which is the foundation for all other design activities.   PS: If you like what you read, consider getting my ebook “The Incremental Architekt´s Napkin”. It´s where I compile all the articles in this series for easier reading. I like the strictness of Function Programming - but I also find it quite hard to live by. And it certainly is not what millions of programmers are used to. Also to me it seems, the real world is full of state and side effects. So why give them such a bad image? That´s why functional design takes a more pragmatic approach. State and side effects are ok for processing steps - but be sure to follow the SRP. Don´t put too much of it into a single processing step. ? Image taken from www.physioweb.org ? My code samples are written in C#. C# sports typed function pointers called delegates. Action is such a function pointer type matching functions with signature void someName(T t). Other languages provide similar ways to work with functions as first class citizens - even Java now in version 8. I trust you find a way to map this detail of my translation to your favorite programming language. I know it works for Java, C++, Ruby, JavaScript, Python, Go. And if you´re using a Functional Programming language it´s of course a no brainer. ? Taken from his blog post “The Craftsman 62, The Dark Path”. ?

    Read the article

  • ?Exadata??????DBFS

    - by Liu Maclean(???)
    ?Exadata???DBFS ??????? 1. ??fuse RPM  [root@dm01db01 ~]# yum install fuse Loaded plugins: rhnplugin, security This system is not registered with ULN. ULN support will be disabled. Setting up Install Process Resolving Dependencies --> Running transaction check ---> Package fuse.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated --> Finished Dependency Resolution Dependencies Resolved ========================================================================================================================================================================  Package                            Arch                                 Version                                         Repository                                Size ======================================================================================================================================================================== Installing:  fuse                               x86_64                               2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                 el5_latest                                85 k Transaction Summary ======================================================================================================================================================================== Install       1 Package(s) Upgrade       0 Package(s) Total download size: 85 k Is this ok [y/N]: y Downloading Packages: fuse-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.x86_64.rpm                                                                                                                  |  85 kB     00:00      Running rpm_check_debug Running Transaction Test Finished Transaction Test Transaction Test Succeeded Running Transaction   Installing     : fuse                                                                                                                                             1/1  Installed:   fuse.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                                                                                                          [root@dm01db01 ~]# yum install fuse-libs Loaded plugins: rhnplugin, security This system is not registered with ULN. ULN support will be disabled. Setting up Install Process Resolving Dependencies --> Running transaction check ---> Package fuse-libs.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated ---> Package fuse-libs.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated --> Finished Dependency Resolution Dependencies Resolved ========================================================================================================================================================================  Package                                Arch                                Version                                       Repository                               Size ======================================================================================================================================================================== Installing:  fuse-libs                              i386                                2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                               el5_latest                               71 k  fuse-libs                              x86_64                              2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                               el5_latest                               70 k Transaction Summary ======================================================================================================================================================================== Install       2 Package(s) Upgrade       0 Package(s) Total download size: 141 k Is this ok [y/N]: y Downloading Packages: (1/2): fuse-libs-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.x86_64.rpm                                                                                                      |  70 kB     00:00      (2/2): fuse-libs-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.i386.rpm                                                                                                        |  71 kB     00:00      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total                                                                                                                                    71 kB/s | 141 kB     00:01      Running rpm_check_debug Running Transaction Test Finished Transaction Test Transaction Test Succeeded Running Transaction   Installing     : fuse-libs                                                                                                                                        1/2    Installing     : fuse-libs                                                                                                                                        2/2  Installed:   fuse-libs.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                  fuse-libs.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                  Complete! [root@dm01db01 ~]# yum install fuse-devel Loaded plugins: rhnplugin, security This system is not registered with ULN. ULN support will be disabled. Setting up Install Process Resolving Dependencies --> Running transaction check ---> Package fuse-devel.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated ---> Package fuse-devel.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated --> Finished Dependency Resolution Dependencies Resolved ========================================================================================================================================================================  Package                                 Arch                                Version                                      Repository                               Size ======================================================================================================================================================================== Installing:  fuse-devel                              i386                                2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                              el5_latest                               28 k  fuse-devel                              x86_64                              2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                              el5_latest                               28 k Transaction Summary ======================================================================================================================================================================== Install       2 Package(s) Upgrade       0 Package(s) Total download size: 57 k Is this ok [y/N]: y Downloading Packages: (1/2): fuse-devel-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.x86_64.rpm                                                                                                     |  28 kB     00:00      (2/2): fuse-devel-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.i386.rpm                                                                                                       |  28 kB     00:00      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total                                                                                                                                    21 kB/s |  57 kB     00:02      Running rpm_check_debug Running Transaction Test Finished Transaction Test Transaction Test Succeeded Running Transaction   Installing     : fuse-devel                                                                                                                                       1/2    Installing     : fuse-devel                                                                                                                                       2/2  Installed:   fuse-devel.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                 fuse-devel.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                 Complete! 2. ?? DBFS??? ?????? cd $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin sqlplus / as sysdba Oracle Database 11g Enterprise Edition Release 11.2.0.3.0 - 64bit Production With the Partitioning, Real Application Clusters, Automatic Storage Management, OLAP, Data Mining and Real Application Testing options SQL> @prvtfspi.plb Package body created. No errors. Package body created. No errors. ?????dbms_dbfs_sfs package  SQL> create tablespace dbfstbs datafile size 20g; Tablespace created. SQL> create user maclean_dbfs identified by oracle; User created. SQL> grant dba to maclean_dbfs; Grant succeeded. @@!!! SQL> grant  dbfs_role to maclean_dbfs; Grant succeeded. 3. ??DBFS SQL> conn maclean_dbfs/oracle Connected. SQL> @?/rdbms/admin/dbfs_create_filesystem.sql  dbfstbs mac_dbfs   No errors. -------- CREATE STORE: begin dbms_dbfs_sfs.createFilesystem(store_name => 'FS_MAC_DBFS', tbl_name => 'T_MAC_DBFS', tbl_tbs => 'dbfstbs', lob_tbs => 'dbfstbs', do_partition => false, partition_key => 1, do_compress => false, compression => '', do_dedup => false, do_encrypt => false); end; -------- REGISTER STORE: begin dbms_dbfs_content.registerStore(store_name=> 'FS_MAC_DBFS', provider_name => 'sample1', provider_package => 'dbms_dbfs_sfs'); end; -------- MOUNT STORE: begin dbms_dbfs_content.mountStore(store_name=>'FS_MAC_DBFS', store_mount=>'mac_dbfs'); end; -------- CHMOD STORE: declare m integer; begin m := dbms_fuse.fs_chmod('/mac_dbfs', 16895); end; No errors. 4.  ??mount point  [root@dm01db01 ~]# mkdir /dbfs [root@dm01db01 ~]# chown oracle:oinstall /dbfs 5. ??library path ?OS  # echo "/usr/local/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf.d/usr_local_lib.conf 6. ?????? export ORACLE_HOME=/s01/orabase/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1 [root@dm01db01 ~]# ln -s $ORACLE_HOME/lib/libclntsh.so.11.1 /usr/local/lib/libclntsh.so.11.1 [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ln -s $ORACLE_HOME/lib/libnnz11.so /usr/local/lib/libnnz11.so [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ln -s /lib64/libfuse.so.2 /usr/local/lib/libfuse.so.2 7. ??ldconfig  [root@dm01db01 ~]# ldconfig [root@dm01db01 ~]#  8. ??fusermount??????? [root@dm01db01 ~]#  chmod +x /usr/bin/fusermount [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ls -l /usr/bin/fusermount lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 15 Sep  7 03:06 /usr/bin/fusermount -> /bin/fusermount [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ls -l /bin/fusermount -rwsr-x--x 1 root fuse 27072 Oct 17  2011 /bin/fusermount 9. ???????OS  dbfs_client maclean_dbfs@dm01db01:1521/orcl  /dbfs 10. ????nohup + &?????mount DBFS,???????????? [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ echo "oracle"  >> dbfs_pw [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ nohup dbfs_client maclean_dbfs@dm01db01:1521/orcl /dbfs < dbfs_pw & [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ df -h Filesystem            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbSys1                        30G   15G   14G  53% / /dev/sda1             502M   30M  447M   7% /boot /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbOra1                        99G   20G   75G  21% /u01 tmpfs                  81G     0   81G   0% /dev/shm dbfs-maclean_dbfs@orcl:/                        20G  120K   20G   1% /dbfs [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ mount /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbSys1 on / type ext3 (rw) proc on /proc type proc (rw) sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw) devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,gid=5,mode=620) /dev/sda1 on /boot type ext3 (rw,nodev) /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbOra1 on /u01 type ext3 (rw,nodev) tmpfs on /dev/shm type tmpfs (rw,size=82052m) none on /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc type binfmt_misc (rw) dbfs-maclean_dbfs@orcl:/ on /dbfs type fuse (rw,nosuid,nodev,max_read=1048576,default_permissions,user=oracle) [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ ls -l /dbfs/ total 0 drwxrwxrwx 3 root root 0 Sep 14 05:11 mac_dbfs [oracle@nas ~]$ dbfs_client  --------MOUNT mode: usage: dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> [options] <mountpoint>   db_user:              Name of Database user that owns DBFS content repository filesystem(s)   db_server:            A valid connect string for Oracle database server                         (for example, hrdb_host:1521/hrservice)   mountpoint:           Path to mount Database File System(s)                         All the file systems owned by the database user will be seen at the mountpoint. DBFS options:   -o direct_io          Bypass the Linux page cache. Gives much better performance for large files.                         Programs in the file system cannot be executed with this option.                         This option is recommended when DBFS is used as an ETL staging area.   -o wallet             Run dbfs_client in background.                         Wallet must be configured to get credentials.   -o failover           dbfs_client fails over to surviving database instance with no data loss.                         Some performance cost on writes, especially for small files.   -o allow_root         Allows root access to the filesystem.                         This option requires setting 'user_allow_other' parameter in '/etc/fuse.conf'.   -o allow_other        Allows other users access to the file system.                         This option requires setting 'user_allow_other' parameter in '/etc/fuse.conf'.   -o rw                 Mount the filesystem read-write. [Default]   -o ro                 Mount the filesystem read-only. Files cannot be modified.   -o trace_file=STR     Tracing <filename> | 'syslog'   -o trace_level=N      Trace Level: 1->DEBUG, 2->INFO, 3->WARNING, 4->ERROR, 5->CRITICAL [Default: 4]   -h                    help   -V                    version --------COMMAND mode: Usage:     dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command command [switches] [arguments]             command:          Command to be executed, e.g., ls, cp, mkdir, rm            switches:         Switches are described below for each command.            arguments:        File names or directory names NOTE:      All database pathnames must be absolute and preceded by dbfs:/ Commands   ls            dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command ls [switches] target      Switches:              -a         Show all files including those starting with '.'            -l         Use a long listing format. In addition to the name of each file                       print the file type, permissions, size, user and group information            -R         List subdirectories recursively cp                     dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command cp [switches] source destination      Switches:              -r, -R      Copy a directory and its contents recursively into the destination directory rm                     dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command rm [switches] target      Switches:              -r, -R      Removes a directory and its contents recursively mkdir                  dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command mkdir directory_name Examples                     dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command ls -l -a dbfs:/staging_area/directory1            dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command cp -R  /tmp/1-Jan-2009-dump dbfs:/staging_area            dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command rm dbfs:/staging_area/hello.txt            dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command mkdir dbfs:/staging_area/directory2 [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ ls -lh /tmp/largefile -rw-r--r-- 1 oracle oinstall 2.0G Sep 14 08:50 /tmp/largefile [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ time dbfs_client  maclean_dbfs@dm01db01:1521/orcl --command cp /tmp/largefile dbfs:/mac_dbfs Password: /tmp/largefile -> dbfs:/mac_dbfs/largefile real    0m11.802s user    0m0.580s sys     0m2.375s ?Exadata?????2G?????? DBFS???11s => 200MB/s 

    Read the article

  • change height in Android 2.2 LinearLayout in code

    - by Niro
    Im trying to change height of Layouts through the code without success. I've tried all of the examples i saw here and other site and my app just keep shutting down. xml code: <LinearLayout xmlns:android="http://schemas.android.com/apk/res/android" xmlns:tools="http://schemas.android.com/tools" android:id="@+id/main_lay" android:orientation="vertical" tools:context=".MainActivity" > <LinearLayout android:id="@+id/layout_add" > </LinearLayout> <LinearLayout android:layout_width="fill_parent" android:layout_height="50dp" android:background="@color/green"> <ImageView android:layout_width="fill_parent" android:contentDescription="@string/desc" android:layout_height="45dp" android:layout_gravity="center_vertical|left" android:scaleType="fitStart" android:background="@color/orange" android:src="@drawable/logo" > </ImageView> </LinearLayout> </LinearLayout> Java code: main_layout=(LinearLayout)findViewById(R.id.main_lay); main_layout.setLayoutParams(new FrameLayout.LayoutParams(LayoutParams.MATCH_PARENT,LayoutParams.MATCH_PARENT)); main_layout.setBackgroundResource(R.color.white); layout_add = (LinearLayout) findViewById(R.id.layout_add); layout_add.setLayoutParams(new FrameLayout.LayoutParams(LayoutParams.FILL_PARENT,50 )); layout_add.setBackgroundResource(R.color.dark_grey); I cant understand what im doing wrong. I've tried different ways to fix it. The Backround setting is working fine. Thank you guys Niro This is the Logcat 12-09 16:12:39.007: E/AnalyticsSDKTest.cpp(6338): Time w/ UTC Offset: 2012-12-09 12-09 16:16:14.517: E/ActivityManager(121): fail to set top app changed! 12-09 16:16:14.547: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Consumer closed input channel or an error occurred. events=0x8 12-09 16:16:14.547: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Channel is unrecoverably broken and will be disposed! 12-09 16:16:18.071: E/PVWmdrmProxy(5716): binder died for component: ComponentInfo{com.pv.wmdrmservice/com.pv.wmdrmservice.PVWmdrmService} 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): java.lang.RuntimeException: Unable to start activity ComponentInfo{com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity}: java.lang.RuntimeException: Binary XML file line #1: You must supply a layout_width attribute. 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.performLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:1821) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:1842) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.access$1500(ActivityThread.java:132) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread$H.handleMessage(ActivityThread.java:1038) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): Caused by: java.lang.RuntimeException: Binary XML file line #1: You must supply a layout_width attribute. 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.content.res.TypedArray.getLayoutDimension(TypedArray.java:491) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams.setBaseAttributes(ViewGroup.java:3684) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.ViewGroup$MarginLayoutParams.<init>(ViewGroup.java:3764) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.widget.FrameLayout$LayoutParams.<init>(FrameLayout.java:457) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.widget.FrameLayout.generateLayoutParams(FrameLayout.java:423) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.widget.FrameLayout.generateLayoutParams(FrameLayout.java:47) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.LayoutInflater.inflate(LayoutInflater.java:396) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.LayoutInflater.inflate(LayoutInflater.java:320) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.LayoutInflater.inflate(LayoutInflater.java:276) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.android.internal.policy.impl.PhoneWindow.setContentView(PhoneWindow.java:231) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.Activity.setContentView(Activity.java:1715) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity.onCreate(MainActivity.java:87) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.Instrumentation.callActivityOnCreate(Instrumentation.java:1072) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.performLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:1785) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): ... 11 more Thanks After Iv'e added the attributes to the XML - this is what i'm getting : CatLog: 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:42:39.023: E/AnalyticsSDKTest.cpp(6338): Time w/ UTC Offset: 2012-12-09 21:42:39-05:00 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:44:02.935: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Consumer closed input channel or an error occurred. events=0x8 12-09 16:44:02.935: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Channel is unrecoverably broken and will be disposed! 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) Third try - after changing the Frame to Linear : 12-09 17:42:39.076: E/AnalyticsSDKTest.cpp(6338): Time w/ UTC Offset: 2012-12-09 22:42:39-05:00 12-09 17:55:44.141: E/ActivityManager(121): Fix ANR:broadcast when App died 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method)

    Read the article

  • insert/update/delete with xml in .net 3.5

    - by Radhi
    Hello guys, i have "UserProfile" in my site which we have stored in xml fromat of xml is as below <UserProfile xmlns=""> <BasicInfo> <Title value="Basic Details" /> <Fields> <UserId title="UserId" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <EmailAddress title="Email Address" display="Yes" right="Public" value="[email protected]" /> <FirstName title="First Name" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Radhi" /> <LastName title="Last Name" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Patel" /> <DisplayName title="Display Name" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Radhi Patel" /> <RegistrationStatusId title="RegistrationStatusId" display="No" right="Public" value="10" /> <RegistrationStatus title="Registration Status" display="Yes" right="Private" value="Registered" /> <CountryName title="Country" display="Yes" right="Public" value="India" /> <StateName title="State" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Maharashtra" /> <CityName title="City" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Mumbai" /> <Gender title="Gender" display="Yes" right="Public" value="FeMale" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="0" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Nov 27 2009 3:08PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Feb 18 2010 1:43PM " /> <LogInStatusId title="LogInStatusId" display="No" right="Public" value="1" /> <LogInStatus title="LogIn Status" display="Yes" right="Private" value="Free" /> <ProfileImagePath title="Profile Pic" display="No" right="Public" value="~/Images/96.jpg" /> </Fields> </BasicInfo> <PersonalInfo> <Title value="Personal Details" /> <Fields> <Nickname title="Nick Name" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Rahul" /> <NativeLocation title="Native" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Amreli" /> <DateofAnniversary title="Anniversary Dt." display="Yes" right="Public" value="12/29/2008" /> <BloodGroupId title="BloodGroupId" display="No" right="Public" value="25" /> <BloodGroupName title="Blood Group" display="Yes" right="Public" value="25" /> <MaritalStatusId title="MaritalStatusId" display="No" right="Public" value="34" /> <MaritalStatusName title="Marital status" display="Yes" right="Private" value="34" /> <DateofDeath title="Death dt" display="Yes" right="Private" value="" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Jan 6 2010 2:59PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="3/10/2010 5:34:14 PM" /> </Fields> </PersonalInfo> <FamilyInfo> <Title value="Family Details" /> <Fields> <GallantryHistory title="Gallantry History" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Gallantry history rahul" /> <Ethinicity title="Ethinicity" display="Yes" right="Public" value="ethnicity rahul" /> <KulDev title="KulDev" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Krishna" /> <KulDevi title="KulDevi" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Khodiyar" /> <Caste title="Caste" display="Yes" right="Private" value="Brhamin" /> <SunSignId title="SunSignId" display="No" right="Public" value="20" /> <SunSignName title="SunSignName" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Scorpio" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Dec 29 2009 4:59PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="3/10/2010 6:29:56 PM" /> </Fields> </FamilyInfo> <HobbyInfo> <Title value="Hobbies/Interests" /> <Fields> <AbountMe title="Abount Me" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Naughty.... " /> <Hobbies title="Hobbies" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Dance, Music, decoration, Shopping" /> <Food title="Food" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Maxican salsa, Pizza, Khoya kaju " /> <Movies title="Movies" display="Yes" right="Public" value="day after tommorrow. wake up sid. avatar" /> <Music title="Music" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Chu kar mere man ko... wake up sid songs, slow music, apgk songs" /> <TVShows title="TV Shows" display="Yes" right="Public" value="business bazzigar, hanah montana" /> <Books title="Books" display="Yes" right="Public" value="mystry novels" /> <Sports title="Sports" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Badminton" /> <Will title="Will" display="Yes" right="Public" value="do photography, to have my own super home... and i can decorate it like anything..." /> <FavouriteQuotes title="Favourite Quotes" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Live like a king nothing lasts forever. not even your troubles smooth sea do not makes skillfull sailors" /> <CremationPrefernces title="Cremation Prefernces" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Feb 24 2010 2:13PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Mar 2 2010 4:34PM " /> </Fields> </HobbyInfo> <PermenantAddr> <Title value="Permenant Address" /> <Fields> <Address title="Address" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Test Entry" /> <CityId title="CityId" display="No" right="Public" value="93" /> <CityName title="City" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Chennai" /> <StateId title="StateId" display="No" right="Public" value="89" /> <StateName title="State" display="Yes" right="Public" value="Tamil Nadu" /> <CountryId title="CountryId" display="No" right="Public" value="108" /> <CountryName title="Country" display="Yes" right="Public" value="India" /> <ZipCode title="ZipCode" display="Yes" right="Private" value="360019" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Jan 6 2010 1:29PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="0" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value=" " /> </Fields> </PermenantAddr> <PresentAddr> <Title value="Present Address" /> <Fields> <Address title="Ethinicity" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <CityId title="CityId" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> <CityName title="City" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <StateId title="StateId" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> <StateName title="State" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <CountryId title="CountryId" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> <CountryName title="Country" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <ZipCode title="ZipCode" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="" /> </Fields> </PresentAddr> <ContactInfo> <Title value="Contact Details" /> <Fields> <DayPhoneNo title="Day Phone" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <NightPhoneNo title="Night Phone" display="Yes" right="Public" value="" /> <MobileNo title="Mobile No" display="Yes" right="Private" value="" /> <FaxNo title="Fax No" display="Yes" right="CUG" value="" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Jan 5 2010 12:37PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" right="Public" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" right="Public" value="Feb 17 2010 1:37PM " /> </Fields> </ContactInfo> <EmailInfo> <Title value="Alternate Email Addresses" /> <Fields /> </EmailInfo> <AcademicInfo> <Title value="Education Details" /> <Fields> <Record right="Public"> <Education title="Education" display="Yes" value="Full Attendance" /> <Institute title="Institute" display="Yes" value="Attendance" /> <PassingYear title="Passing Year" display="Yes" value="2000" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="false" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 12:41PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 12:41PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Education title="Education" display="Yes" value="D.C.E." /> <Institute title="Institute" display="Yes" value="G.P.G" /> <PassingYear title="Passing Year" display="Yes" value="2005" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 12:45PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 12:45PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Education title="Education" display="Yes" value="MCSE" /> <Institute title="Institute" display="Yes" value="MCSE" /> <PassingYear title="Passing Year" display="Yes" value="2009" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 6:12PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Mar 2 2010 4:33PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Education title="Education" display="Yes" value="H.S.C." /> <Institute title="Institute" display="Yes" value="G.H.S.E.B." /> <PassingYear title="Passing Year" display="Yes" value="2002" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 6:17PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 6:17PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Education title="Education" display="Yes" value="S.S.C." /> <Institute title="Institute" display="Yes" value="G.S.E.B." /> <PassingYear title="Passing Year" display="Yes" value="2000" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 6:17PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 6:17PM " /> </Record> </Fields> </AcademicInfo> <AchievementInfo> <Title value="Achievement Details" /> <Fields> <Record right="Public"> <Awards title="Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <FieldOfAward title="Field Of Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Tournament title="Tournament" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <AwardDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <AwardYear title="Award Year" display="Yes" value="2002" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 3:51PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 3:51PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Awards title="Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <FieldOfAward title="Field Of Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Tournament title="Tournament" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <AwardDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <AwardYear title="Award Year" display="Yes" value="2005" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Jan 8 2010 10:19AM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Jan 8 2010 10:19AM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Awards title="Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry3" /> <FieldOfAward title="Field Of Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry3" /> <Tournament title="Tournament" display="Yes" value="Test Entry3" /> <AwardDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry3" /> <AwardYear title="Award Year" display="Yes" value="2007" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="true" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 11:47AM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 11:47AM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Awards title="Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry4" /> <FieldOfAward title="Field Of Award" display="Yes" value="Test Entry4" /> <Tournament title="Tournament" display="Yes" value="Test Entry4" /> <AwardDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry3" /> <AwardYear title="Award Year" display="Yes" value="2000" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="false" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 11:47AM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Dec 31 2009 11:47AM " /> </Record> </Fields> </AchievementInfo> <ProfessionalInfo> <Title value="Professional Details" /> <Fields> <Record right="Public"> <Occupation title="Occupation" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Organization title="Organization" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <ProjectsDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Duration title="Duration" display="Yes" value="26" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="false" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Jan 4 2010 3:01PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Jan 4 2010 3:01PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Occupation title="Occupation" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Organization title="Organization" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <ProjectsDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Duration title="Duration" display="Yes" value="10" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="false" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Jan 4 2010 3:01PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Jan 4 2010 3:01PM " /> </Record> <Record right="Public"> <Occupation title="Occupation" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Organization title="Organization" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <ProjectsDescription title="Description" display="Yes" value="Test Entry" /> <Duration title="Duration" display="Yes" value="15" /> <IsActive title="IsActive" display="No" value="false" /> <CreatedBy title="CreatedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <CreatedOn title="CreatedOn" display="No" value="Jan 4 2010 3:01PM " /> <ModifiedBy title="ModifiedBy" display="No" value="12" /> <ModifiedOn title="ModifiedOn" display="No" value="Jan 4 2010 3:01PM " /> </Record> </Fields> </ProfessionalInfo> </UserProfile> now for tags like PersonalInfo,contactInfo,Address there will be only one record, but for tags like "OtherInfo","academicInfo","ProfessionalInfo" there will be multiple records so in xml there are tags for that. now to edit tags having one record only for one user i did coding like: private void FillFamilyInfoControls(XElement rootElement) { ddlSunsign.DataBind(); XElement parentElement; string xPathQuery = "FamilyInfo/Fields"; parentElement = rootElement.XPathSelectElement(xPathQuery); txtGallantryHistory.Text = parentElement.Element("GallantryHistory").Attribute("value").Value; txtEthinicity.Text = parentElement.Element("Ethinicity").Attribute("value").Value; txtKulDev.Text = parentElement.Element("KulDev").Attribute("value").Value; txtKulDevi.Text = parentElement.Element("KulDevi").Attribute("value").Value; txtCaste.Text = parentElement.Element("Caste").Attribute("value").Value; ddlSunsign.SelectedValue = parentElement.Element("SunSignId").Attribute("value").Value; ddlSunsign.SelectedItem.Text = parentElement.Element("SunSignName").Attribute("value").Value; } private XElement UpdateFamilyInfoXML(XElement rootElement) { XElement parentElement; string xPathQuery = "FamilyInfo/Fields"; parentElement = rootElement.XPathSelectElement(xPathQuery); parentElement.Element("GallantryHistory").Attribute("value").Value = txtGallantryHistory.Text; parentElement.Element("Ethinicity").Attribute("value").Value = txtEthinicity.Text; parentElement.Element("KulDev").Attribute("value").Value = txtKulDev.Text; parentElement.Element("KulDevi").Attribute("value").Value = txtKulDevi.Text; parentElement.Element("Caste").Attribute("value").Value = txtCaste.Text; parentElement.Element("SunSignId").Attribute("value").Value = ddlSunsign.SelectedItem.Value; parentElement.Element("SunSignName").Attribute("value").Value = ddlSunsign.SelectedItem.Text; parentElement.Element("ModifiedBy").Attribute("value").Value = UMSession.CurrentLoggedInUser.UserId.ToString(); parentElement.Element("ModifiedOn").Attribute("value").Value = System.DateTime.Now.ToString(); return rootElement; //rootElement.XPathSelectElement(xPathQuery) = parentElement; } these 2 functions i have used to update xml and to get data from xml and fill into controls. but for the tags where there are multiple records... i am not able to find any solution /control using which i an do it easily. coz my field's value is in attribute named "Value" when in the examples i saw its between opening and closing tag.. i have 2 methods to do so. 1 . i make one page to edit a single record and pass id of record to that page on editing. open the page in iframe on same page to edit and in page_load get data from database for id passed and fill it in control. 2 . i store xml on server as physical file and use it in page i opened in iframe to edit the record. so i am confused... can anybody please guide me that what shpould i do to let user provide interface to edit this xml data/user profile ?

    Read the article

  • Fitting an Image to Screen on Rotation iPhone / iPad ?

    - by user356937
    I have been playing around with one of the iPhone examples from Apple' web site (ScrollViewSuite) . I am trying to tweak it a bit so that when I rotate the the iPad the image will fit into the screen in landscape mode vertical. I have been successful in getting the image to rotate, but the image is larger than the height of the landscape screen, so the bottom is below the screen. I would like to image to scale to the height of the landscape screen. I have been playing around with various autoSizingMask attributes without success. The imageView is called "zoomView" this is the actual image which loads into a scrollView called imageScrollView. I am trying to achieve the screen to rotate and look like this.... olsonvox.com/photos/correct.png However, this is what My screen is looking like. olsonvox.com/photos/incorrect.png I would really appreciate some advice or guidance. Below is the RootViewController.m for the project. Blade # import "RootViewController.h" #define ZOOM_VIEW_TAG 100 #define ZOOM_STEP 1.5 #define THUMB_HEIGHT 150 #define THUMB_V_PADDING 25 #define THUMB_H_PADDING 25 #define CREDIT_LABEL_HEIGHT 25 #define AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD 30 @interface RootViewController (ViewHandlingMethods) - (void)toggleThumbView; - (void)pickImageNamed:(NSString *)name; - (NSArray *)imageNames; - (void)createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary; - (void)createSlideUpViewIfNecessary; @end @interface RootViewController (AutoscrollingMethods) - (void)maybeAutoscrollForThumb:(ThumbImageView *)thumb; - (void)autoscrollTimerFired:(NSTimer *)timer; - (void)legalizeAutoscrollDistance; - (float)autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:(float)proximity; @end @interface RootViewController (UtilityMethods) - (CGRect)zoomRectForScale:(float)scale withCenter:(CGPoint)center; @end @implementation RootViewController - (void)loadView { [super loadView]; imageScrollView = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:[[self view]bounds]]; // this code makes the image resize to the width and height properly. imageScrollView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleHeight | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleLeftMargin | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleRightMargin| UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin| UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin; // TRY SETTNG CENTER HERE SOMEHOW&gt;.... [imageScrollView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor blackColor]]; [imageScrollView setDelegate:self]; [imageScrollView setBouncesZoom:YES]; [[self view] addSubview:imageScrollView]; [self toggleThumbView]; // intitializes with the first image. [self pickImageNamed:@"lookbook1"]; } - (void)dealloc { [imageScrollView release]; [slideUpView release]; [thumbScrollView release]; [super dealloc]; } #pragma mark UIScrollViewDelegate methods - (UIView *)viewForZoomingInScrollView:(UIScrollView *)scrollView { UIView *view = nil; if (scrollView == imageScrollView) { view = [imageScrollView viewWithTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG]; } return view; } /************************************** NOTE **************************************/ /* The following delegate method works around a known bug in zoomToRect:animated: */ /* In the next release after 3.0 this workaround will no longer be necessary */ /**********************************************************************************/ - (void)scrollViewDidEndZooming:(UIScrollView *)scrollView withView:(UIView *)view atScale:(float)scale { [scrollView setZoomScale:scale+0.01 animated:NO]; [scrollView setZoomScale:scale animated:NO]; } #pragma mark TapDetectingImageViewDelegate methods - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotSingleTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // Single tap shows or hides drawer of thumbnails. [self toggleThumbView]; } - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotDoubleTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // double tap zooms in float newScale = [imageScrollView zoomScale] * ZOOM_STEP; CGRect zoomRect = [self zoomRectForScale:newScale withCenter:tapPoint]; [imageScrollView zoomToRect:zoomRect animated:YES]; } - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotTwoFingerTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // two-finger tap zooms out float newScale = [imageScrollView zoomScale] / ZOOM_STEP; CGRect zoomRect = [self zoomRectForScale:newScale withCenter:tapPoint]; [imageScrollView zoomToRect:zoomRect animated:YES]; } #pragma mark ThumbImageViewDelegate methods - (void)thumbImageViewWasTapped:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { [self pickImageNamed:[tiv imageName]]; [self toggleThumbView]; } - (void)thumbImageViewStartedTracking:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { [thumbScrollView bringSubviewToFront:tiv]; } // CONTROLS DRAGGING AND DROPPING THUMBNAILS... - (void)thumbImageViewMoved:(ThumbImageView *)draggingThumb { // check if we've moved close enough to an edge to autoscroll, or far enough away to stop autoscrolling [self maybeAutoscrollForThumb:draggingThumb]; /* The rest of this method handles the reordering of thumbnails in the thumbScrollView. See */ /* ThumbImageView.h and ThumbImageView.m for more information about how this works. */ // we'll reorder only if the thumb is overlapping the scroll view if (CGRectIntersectsRect([draggingThumb frame], [thumbScrollView bounds])) { BOOL draggingRight = [draggingThumb frame].origin.x &gt; [draggingThumb home].origin.x ? YES : NO; /* we're going to shift over all the thumbs who live between the home of the moving thumb */ /* and the current touch location. A thumb counts as living in this area if the midpoint */ /* of its home is contained in the area. */ NSMutableArray *thumbsToShift = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init]; // get the touch location in the coordinate system of the scroll view CGPoint touchLocation = [draggingThumb convertPoint:[draggingThumb touchLocation] toView:thumbScrollView]; // calculate minimum and maximum boundaries of the affected area float minX = draggingRight ? CGRectGetMaxX([draggingThumb home]) : touchLocation.x; float maxX = draggingRight ? touchLocation.x : CGRectGetMinX([draggingThumb home]); // iterate through thumbnails and see which ones need to move over for (ThumbImageView *thumb in [thumbScrollView subviews]) { // skip the thumb being dragged if (thumb == draggingThumb) continue; // skip non-thumb subviews of the scroll view (such as the scroll indicators) if (! [thumb isMemberOfClass:[ThumbImageView class]]) continue; float thumbMidpoint = CGRectGetMidX([thumb home]); if (thumbMidpoint &gt;= minX &amp;&amp; thumbMidpoint &lt;= maxX) { [thumbsToShift addObject:thumb]; } } // shift over the other thumbs to make room for the dragging thumb. (if we're dragging right, they shift to the left) float otherThumbShift = ([draggingThumb home].size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING) * (draggingRight ? -1 : 1); // as we shift over the other thumbs, we'll calculate how much the dragging thumb's home is going to move float draggingThumbShift = 0.0; // send each of the shifting thumbs to its new home for (ThumbImageView *otherThumb in thumbsToShift) { CGRect home = [otherThumb home]; home.origin.x += otherThumbShift; [otherThumb setHome:home]; [otherThumb goHome]; draggingThumbShift += ([otherThumb frame].size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING) * (draggingRight ? 1 : -1); } // change the home of the dragging thumb, but don't send it there because it's still being dragged CGRect home = [draggingThumb home]; home.origin.x += draggingThumbShift; [draggingThumb setHome:home]; } } - (void)thumbImageViewStoppedTracking:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { // if the user lets go of the thumb image view, stop autoscrolling [autoscrollTimer invalidate]; autoscrollTimer = nil; } #pragma mark Autoscrolling methods - (void)maybeAutoscrollForThumb:(ThumbImageView *)thumb { autoscrollDistance = 0; // only autoscroll if the thumb is overlapping the thumbScrollView if (CGRectIntersectsRect([thumb frame], [thumbScrollView bounds])) { CGPoint touchLocation = [thumb convertPoint:[thumb touchLocation] toView:thumbScrollView]; float distanceFromLeftEdge = touchLocation.x - CGRectGetMinX([thumbScrollView bounds]); float distanceFromRightEdge = CGRectGetMaxX([thumbScrollView bounds]) - touchLocation.x; if (distanceFromLeftEdge &lt; AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD) { autoscrollDistance = [self autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:distanceFromLeftEdge] * -1; // if scrolling left, distance is negative } else if (distanceFromRightEdge &lt; AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD) { autoscrollDistance = [self autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:distanceFromRightEdge]; } } // if no autoscrolling, stop and clear timer if (autoscrollDistance == 0) { [autoscrollTimer invalidate]; autoscrollTimer = nil; } // otherwise create and start timer (if we don't already have a timer going) else if (autoscrollTimer == nil) { autoscrollTimer = [NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:(1.0 / 60.0) target:self selector:@selector(autoscrollTimerFired:) userInfo:thumb repeats:YES]; } } - (float)autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:(float)proximity { // the scroll distance grows as the proximity to the edge decreases, so that moving the thumb // further over results in faster scrolling. return ceilf((AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD - proximity) / 5.0); } - (void)legalizeAutoscrollDistance { // makes sure the autoscroll distance won't result in scrolling past the content of the scroll view float minimumLegalDistance = [thumbScrollView contentOffset].x * -1; float maximumLegalDistance = [thumbScrollView contentSize].width - ([thumbScrollView frame].size.width + [thumbScrollView contentOffset].x); autoscrollDistance = MAX(autoscrollDistance, minimumLegalDistance); autoscrollDistance = MIN(autoscrollDistance, maximumLegalDistance); } - (void)autoscrollTimerFired:(NSTimer*)timer { [self legalizeAutoscrollDistance]; // autoscroll by changing content offset CGPoint contentOffset = [thumbScrollView contentOffset]; contentOffset.x += autoscrollDistance; [thumbScrollView setContentOffset:contentOffset]; // adjust thumb position so it appears to stay still ThumbImageView *thumb = (ThumbImageView *)[timer userInfo]; [thumb moveByOffset:CGPointMake(autoscrollDistance, 0)]; } #pragma mark View handling methods - (void)toggleThumbView { [self createSlideUpViewIfNecessary]; // no-op if slideUpView has already been created CGRect frame = [slideUpView frame]; if (thumbViewShowing) { frame.origin.y = 0; } else { frame.origin.y = -225; } [UIView beginAnimations:nil context:nil]; [UIView setAnimationDuration:0.3]; [slideUpView setFrame:frame]; [UIView commitAnimations]; thumbViewShowing = !thumbViewShowing; } - (void)pickImageNamed:(NSString *)name { // first remove previous image view, if any [[imageScrollView viewWithTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG] removeFromSuperview]; UIImage *image = [UIImage imageNamed:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.jpg", name]]; TapDetectingImageView *zoomView = [[TapDetectingImageView alloc] initWithImage:image]; zoomView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleWidth ; [zoomView setDelegate:self]; [zoomView setTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG]; [imageScrollView addSubview:zoomView]; [imageScrollView setContentSize:[zoomView frame].size]; [zoomView release]; // choose minimum scale so image width fits screen float minScale = [imageScrollView frame].size.width / [zoomView frame].size.width; [imageScrollView setMinimumZoomScale:minScale]; [imageScrollView setZoomScale:minScale]; [imageScrollView setContentOffset:CGPointZero]; } - (NSArray *)imageNames { // the filenames are stored in a plist in the app bundle, so create array by reading this plist NSString *path = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"Images" ofType:@"plist"]; NSData *plistData = [NSData dataWithContentsOfFile:path]; NSString *error; NSPropertyListFormat format; NSArray *imageNames = [NSPropertyListSerialization propertyListFromData:plistData mutabilityOption:NSPropertyListImmutable format:&amp;format errorDescription:&amp;error]; if (!imageNames) { NSLog(@"Failed to read image names. Error: %@", error); [error release]; } return imageNames; } - (void)createSlideUpViewIfNecessary { if (!slideUpView) { [self createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary]; CGRect bounds = [[self view] bounds]; float thumbHeight = [thumbScrollView frame].size.height; float labelHeight = CREDIT_LABEL_HEIGHT; // create label giving credit for images UILabel *creditLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, thumbHeight, bounds.size.width, labelHeight)]; [creditLabel setBackgroundColor:[UIColor clearColor]]; [creditLabel setTextColor:[UIColor whiteColor]]; // [creditLabel setFont:[UIFont fontWithName:@"Helvetica" size:16]]; // [creditLabel setText:@"SAMPLE TEXT"]; [creditLabel setTextAlignment:UITextAlignmentCenter]; // create container view that will hold scroll view and label CGRect frame = CGRectMake(0.0, -225.00, bounds.size.width+256, thumbHeight + labelHeight); slideUpView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleWidth | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleTopMargin; slideUpView = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:frame]; [slideUpView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor blackColor]]; [slideUpView setOpaque:NO]; [slideUpView setAlpha:.75]; [[self view] addSubview:slideUpView]; // add subviews to container view [slideUpView addSubview:thumbScrollView]; [slideUpView addSubview:creditLabel]; [creditLabel release]; } } - (void)createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary { if (!thumbScrollView) { float scrollViewHeight = THUMB_HEIGHT + THUMB_V_PADDING; float scrollViewWidth = [[self view] bounds].size.width; thumbScrollView = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, scrollViewWidth, scrollViewHeight)]; [thumbScrollView setCanCancelContentTouches:NO]; [thumbScrollView setClipsToBounds:NO]; // now place all the thumb views as subviews of the scroll view // and in the course of doing so calculate the content width float xPosition = THUMB_H_PADDING; for (NSString *name in [self imageNames]) { UIImage *thumbImage = [UIImage imageNamed:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@_thumb.jpg", name]]; if (thumbImage) { ThumbImageView *thumbView = [[ThumbImageView alloc] initWithImage:thumbImage]; [thumbView setDelegate:self]; [thumbView setImageName:name]; CGRect frame = [thumbView frame]; frame.origin.y = THUMB_V_PADDING; frame.origin.x = xPosition; [thumbView setFrame:frame]; [thumbView setHome:frame]; [thumbScrollView addSubview:thumbView]; [thumbView release]; xPosition += (frame.size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING); } } [thumbScrollView setContentSize:CGSizeMake(xPosition, scrollViewHeight)]; } } #pragma mark Utility methods - (CGRect)zoomRectForScale:(float)scale withCenter:(CGPoint)center { CGRect zoomRect; // the zoom rect is in the content view's coordinates. // At a zoom scale of 1.0, it would be the size of the imageScrollView's bounds. // As the zoom scale decreases, so more content is visible, the size of the rect grows. zoomRect.size.height = [imageScrollView frame].size.height / scale; zoomRect.size.width = [imageScrollView frame].size.width / scale; // choose an origin so as to get the right center. zoomRect.origin.x = center.x - (zoomRect.size.width / 2.0); zoomRect.origin.y = center.y - (zoomRect.size.height / 2.0); return zoomRect; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Rotation support // Ensure that the view controller supports rotation and that the split view can therefore show in both portrait and landscape. - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { return YES; } @end

    Read the article

  • Followup: Python 2.6, 3 abstract base class misunderstanding

    - by Aaron
    I asked a question at Python 2.6, 3 abstract base class misunderstanding. My problem was that python abstract base classes didn't work quite the way I expected them to. There was some discussion in the comments about why I would want to use ABCs at all, and Alex Martelli provided an excellent answer on why my use didn't work and how to accomplish what I wanted. Here I'd like to address why one might want to use ABCs, and show my test code implementation based on Alex's answer. tl;dr: Code after the 16th paragraph. In the discussion on the original post, statements were made along the lines that you don't need ABCs in Python, and that ABCs don't do anything and are therefore not real classes; they're merely interface definitions. An abstract base class is just a tool in your tool box. It's a design tool that's been around for many years, and a programming tool that is explicitly available in many programming languages. It can be implemented manually in languages that don't provide it. An ABC is always a real class, even when it doesn't do anything but define an interface, because specifying the interface is what an ABC does. If that was all an ABC could do, that would be enough reason to have it in your toolbox, but in Python and some other languages they can do more. The basic reason to use an ABC is when you have a number of classes that all do the same thing (have the same interface) but do it differently, and you want to guarantee that that complete interface is implemented in all objects. A user of your classes can rely on the interface being completely implemented in all classes. You can maintain this guarantee manually. Over time you may succeed. Or you might forget something. Before Python had ABCs you could guarantee it semi-manually, by throwing NotImplementedError in all the base class's interface methods; you must implement these methods in derived classes. This is only a partial solution, because you can still instantiate such a base class. A more complete solution is to use ABCs as provided in Python 2.6 and above. Template methods and other wrinkles and patterns are ideas whose implementation can be made easier with full-citizen ABCs. Another idea in the comments was that Python doesn't need ABCs (understood as a class that only defines an interface) because it has multiple inheritance. The implied reference there seems to be Java and its single inheritance. In Java you "get around" single inheritance by inheriting from one or more interfaces. Java uses the word "interface" in two ways. A "Java interface" is a class with method signatures but no implementations. The methods are the interface's "interface" in the more general, non-Java sense of the word. Yes, Python has multiple inheritance, so you don't need Java-like "interfaces" (ABCs) merely to provide sets of interface methods to a class. But that's not the only reason in software development to use ABCs. Most generally, you use an ABC to specify an interface (set of methods) that will likely be implemented differently in different derived classes, yet that all derived classes must have. Additionally, there may be no sensible default implementation for the base class to provide. Finally, even an ABC with almost no interface is still useful. We use something like it when we have multiple except clauses for a try. Many exceptions have exactly the same interface, with only two differences: the exception's string value, and the actual class of the exception. In many exception clauses we use nothing about the exception except its class to decide what to do; catching one type of exception we do one thing, and another except clause catching a different exception does another thing. According to the exception module's doc page, BaseException is not intended to be derived by any user defined exceptions. If ABCs had been a first class Python concept from the beginning, it's easy to imagine BaseException being specified as an ABC. But enough of that. Here's some 2.6 code that demonstrates how to use ABCs, and how to specify a list-like ABC. Examples are run in ipython, which I like much better than the python shell for day to day work; I only wish it was available for python3. Your basic 2.6 ABC: from abc import ABCMeta, abstractmethod class Super(): __metaclass__ = ABCMeta @abstractmethod def method1(self): pass Test it (in ipython, python shell would be similar): In [2]: a = Super() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Super with abstract methods method1 Notice the end of the last line, where the TypeError exception tells us that method1 has not been implemented ("abstract methods method1"). That was the method designated as @abstractmethod in the preceding code. Create a subclass that inherits Super, implement method1 in the subclass and you're done. My problem, which caused me to ask the original question, was how to specify an ABC that itself defines a list interface. My naive solution was to make an ABC as above, and in the inheritance parentheses say (list). My assumption was that the class would still be abstract (can't instantiate it), and would be a list. That was wrong; inheriting from list made the class concrete, despite the abstract bits in the class definition. Alex suggested inheriting from collections.MutableSequence, which is abstract (and so doesn't make the class concrete) and list-like. I used collections.Sequence, which is also abstract but has a shorter interface and so was quicker to implement. First, Super derived from Sequence, with nothing extra: from abc import abstractmethod from collections import Sequence class Super(Sequence): pass Test it: In [6]: a = Super() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Super with abstract methods __getitem__, __len__ We can't instantiate it. A list-like full-citizen ABC; yea! Again, notice in the last line that TypeError tells us why we can't instantiate it: __getitem__ and __len__ are abstract methods. They come from collections.Sequence. But, I want a bunch of subclasses that all act like immutable lists (which collections.Sequence essentially is), and that have their own implementations of my added interface methods. In particular, I don't want to implement my own list code, Python already did that for me. So first, let's implement the missing Sequence methods, in terms of Python's list type, so that all subclasses act as lists (Sequences). First let's see the signatures of the missing abstract methods: In [12]: help(Sequence.__getitem__) Help on method __getitem__ in module _abcoll: __getitem__(self, index) unbound _abcoll.Sequence method (END) In [14]: help(Sequence.__len__) Help on method __len__ in module _abcoll: __len__(self) unbound _abcoll.Sequence method (END) __getitem__ takes an index, and __len__ takes nothing. And the implementation (so far) is: from abc import abstractmethod from collections import Sequence class Super(Sequence): # Gives us a list member for ABC methods to use. def __init__(self): self._list = [] # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __getitem__(self, index): return self._list.__getitem__(index) # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __len__(self): return self._list.__len__() # Not required. Makes printing behave like a list. def __repr__(self): return self._list.__repr__() Test it: In [34]: a = Super() In [35]: a Out[35]: [] In [36]: print a [] In [37]: len(a) Out[37]: 0 In [38]: a[0] --------------------------------------------------------------------------- IndexError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() /home/aaron/projects/test/test.py in __getitem__(self, index) 10 # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. 11 def __getitem__(self, index): ---> 12 return self._list.__getitem__(index) 13 14 # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. IndexError: list index out of range Just like a list. It's not abstract (for the moment) because we implemented both of Sequence's abstract methods. Now I want to add my bit of interface, which will be abstract in Super and therefore required to implement in any subclasses. And we'll cut to the chase and add subclasses that inherit from our ABC Super. from abc import abstractmethod from collections import Sequence class Super(Sequence): # Gives us a list member for ABC methods to use. def __init__(self): self._list = [] # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __getitem__(self, index): return self._list.__getitem__(index) # Abstract method in Sequence, implemented in terms of list. def __len__(self): return self._list.__len__() # Not required. Makes printing behave like a list. def __repr__(self): return self._list.__repr__() @abstractmethod def method1(): pass class Sub0(Super): pass class Sub1(Super): def __init__(self): self._list = [1, 2, 3] def method1(self): return [x**2 for x in self._list] def method2(self): return [x/2.0 for x in self._list] class Sub2(Super): def __init__(self): self._list = [10, 20, 30, 40] def method1(self): return [x+2 for x in self._list] We've added a new abstract method to Super, method1. This makes Super abstract again. A new class Sub0 which inherits from Super but does not implement method1, so it's also an ABC. Two new classes Sub1 and Sub2, which both inherit from Super. They both implement method1 from Super, so they're not abstract. Both implementations of method1 are different. Sub1 and Sub2 also both initialize themselves differently; in real life they might initialize themselves wildly differently. So you have two subclasses which both "is a" Super (they both implement Super's required interface) although their implementations are different. Also remember that Super, although an ABC, provides four non-abstract methods. So Super provides two things to subclasses: an implementation of collections.Sequence, and an additional abstract interface (the one abstract method) that subclasses must implement. Also, class Sub1 implements an additional method, method2, which is not part of Super's interface. Sub1 "is a" Super, but it also has additional capabilities. Test it: In [52]: a = Super() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Super with abstract methods method1 In [53]: a = Sub0() --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: Can't instantiate abstract class Sub0 with abstract methods method1 In [54]: a = Sub1() In [55]: a Out[55]: [1, 2, 3] In [56]: b = Sub2() In [57]: b Out[57]: [10, 20, 30, 40] In [58]: print a, b [1, 2, 3] [10, 20, 30, 40] In [59]: a, b Out[59]: ([1, 2, 3], [10, 20, 30, 40]) In [60]: a.method1() Out[60]: [1, 4, 9] In [61]: b.method1() Out[61]: [12, 22, 32, 42] In [62]: a.method2() Out[62]: [0.5, 1.0, 1.5] [63]: a[:2] Out[63]: [1, 2] In [64]: a[0] = 5 --------------------------------------------------------------------------- TypeError Traceback (most recent call last) /home/aaron/projects/test/<ipython console> in <module>() TypeError: 'Sub1' object does not support item assignment Super and Sub0 are abstract and can't be instantiated (lines 52 and 53). Sub1 and Sub2 are concrete and have an immutable Sequence interface (54 through 59). Sub1 and Sub2 are instantiated differently, and their method1 implementations are different (60, 61). Sub1 includes an additional method2, beyond what's required by Super (62). Any concrete Super acts like a list/Sequence (63). A collections.Sequence is immutable (64). Finally, a wart: In [65]: a._list Out[65]: [1, 2, 3] In [66]: a._list = [] In [67]: a Out[67]: [] Super._list is spelled with a single underscore. Double underscore would have protected it from this last bit, but would have broken the implementation of methods in subclasses. Not sure why; I think because double underscore is private, and private means private. So ultimately this whole scheme relies on a gentleman's agreement not to reach in and muck with Super._list directly, as in line 65 above. Would love to know if there's a safer way to do that.

    Read the article

  • Why are pieces of my HTML showing up on the page and breaking it? Is it PHP related?

    - by Jason Rhodes
    I've been building a site in PHP, HTML, CSS, and using a healthy dose of jQuery javascript. The site looks absolutely fine on my Mac browsers, but for some reason, when my client uses PC Safari, she's seeing strange bits of my HTML show up on the page. Here are some (small) screenshot examples: Figure 1: This one is just a closing </li> tag that should've been on the Media li element. Not much harm done, but strange. Figure 2: Here this was part of <div class='submenu'> and since the div tag didn't render properly, the entire contents of that div don't get styled correctly by CSS. Figure 3: This last example shows what should have been <a class='top current' href=... but for some reason half of the HTML tag stops being rendered and just gets printed out. So the rest of that list menu is completely broken. Here's the code from the header.php file itself. The main navigation section (seen in the screenshots) is further down, marked by a line of asterisks if you want to skip there. <?php // Setting up location variables if(isset($_GET['page'])) { $page = Page::find_by_slug($_GET['page']); } elseif(isset($_GET['post'])) { $page = Page::find_by_id(4); } else { $page = Page::find_by_id(1); } $post = isset($_GET['post']) ? Blogpost::find_by_slug($_GET['post']) : false; $front = $page->id == 1 ? true : false; $buildblog = $page->id == 4 ? true : false; $eventpage = $page->id == 42 ? true : false; // Setting up content edit variables $edit = isset($_GET['edit']) ? true : false; $preview = isset($_GET['preview']) ? true : false; // Finding page slug value $pageslug = $page->get_slug($loggedIn); ?> <!DOCTYPE html> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> <title> <?php if(!$post) { if($page->id != 1) { echo $page->title." | "; } echo $database->site_name(); } elseif($post) { echo "BuildBlog | ".$post->title; } ?> </title> <link href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>/styles/style.css" media="all" rel="stylesheet" /> <?php include(SITE_ROOT."/scripts/myJS.php"); ?> </head> <body class=" <?php if($loggedIn) { echo "logged"; } else { echo "public"; } if($front) { echo " front"; } ?>"> <?php $previewslug = str_replace("&edit", "", $pageslug); ?> <?php if($edit) { echo "<form id='editPageForm' action='?page={$previewslug}&preview' method='post'>"; } ?> <?php if($edit && !$preview) : // Edit original ?> <div id="admin_meta_nav" class="admin_meta_nav"> <ul class="center nolist"> <li class="title">Edit</li> <li class="cancel"><a class="cancel" href="?page=<?php echo $pageslug; ?>&cancel">Cancel</a></li> <li class="save"><input style='position: relative; z-index: 500' class='save' type="submit" name="newpreview" value="Preview" /></li> <li class="publish"><input style='position: relative; z-index: 500' class='publish button' type="submit" name="publishPreview" value="Publish" /></li> </ul> </div> <?php elseif($preview && !$edit) : // Preview your edits ?> <div id="admin_meta_nav" class="admin_meta_nav"> <ul class="center nolist"> <li class="title">Preview</li> <li class="cancel"><a class="cancel" href="?page=<?php echo $pageslug; ?>&cancel">Cancel</a></li> <li class="save"><a class="newpreview" href="?page=<?php echo $pageslug; ?>&preview&edit">Continue Editing</a></li> <li class="publish"><a class="publish" href="?page=<?php echo $pageslug; ?>&publishLastPreview">Publish</a></li> </ul> </div> <?php elseif($preview && $edit) : // Return to preview and continue editing ?> <div id="admin_meta_nav" class="admin_meta_nav"> <ul class="center nolist"> <li class="title">Edit Again</li> <li class="cancel"><a class="cancel" href="?page=<?php echo $pageslug; ?>&cancel">Cancel</a></li> <li class="save"><input style='position: relative; z-index: 500' class='save button' type="submit" name="newpreview" value="Preview" /></li> <li class="publish"><input style='position: relative; z-index: 500' class='publish button' type="submit" name="publishPreview" value="Publish" /></li> </ul> </div> <?php else : ?> <div id="meta_nav" class="meta_nav"> <ul class="center nolist"> <li><a href="login.php?logout">Logout</a></li> <li><a href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>/admin">Admin</a></li> <li><a href="<?php if($front) { echo "admin/?admin=frontpage"; } elseif($event || $eventpage) { echo "admin/?admin=events"; } elseif($buildblog) { if($post) { echo "admin/editpost.php?post={$post->id}"; } else { echo "admin/?admin=blog"; } } else { echo "?page=".$pageslug."&edit"; } ?>">Edit Mode</a></li> <li><a href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>/?page=donate">Donate</a></li> <li><a href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>/?page=calendar">Calendar</a></li> </ul> <div class="clear"></div> </div> <?php endif; ?> <div id="public_meta_nav" class="public_meta_nav"> <div class="center"> <ul class="nolist"> <li><a href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>/?page=donate">Donate</a></li> <li><a href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>/?page=calendar">Calendar</a></li> </ul> <div class="clear"></div> </div> </div> * Main Navigation Section, as seen in screenshots above, starts here ** <div class="header"> <div class="center"> <a class="front_logo" href="<?php echo SITE_URL; ?>"><?php echo $database->site_name(); ?></a> <ul class="nolist main_nav"> <?php $tops = Page::get_top_pages(); $topcount = 1; foreach($tops as $top) { $current = $top->id == $topID ? true : false; $title = $top->title == "Front Page" ? "Home" : ucwords($top->title); $url = ($top->title == "Front Page" || !$top->get_slug($loggedIn)) ? SITE_URL : SITE_URL . "/?page=".$top->get_slug($loggedIn); if(isset($_GET['post']) && $top->id == 1) { $current = false; } if(isset($_GET['post']) && $top->id == 4) { $current = true; } echo "<li"; if($topcount > 3) { echo " class='right'"; } echo "><a class='top"; if($current) { echo " current"; } echo "' href='{$url}'>{$title}</a>"; if($children = Page::get_children($top->id)) { echo "<div class='submenu'>"; echo "<div class='corner-helper'></div>"; foreach($children as $child) { echo "<ul class='nolist level1"; if(!$subchildren = Page::get_children($child->id)) { echo " nochildren"; } echo "'>"; $title = ucwords($child->title); $url = !$child->get_slug($loggedIn) ? SITE_URL : SITE_URL . "/?page=".$child->get_slug($loggedIn); if($child->has_published() || $loggedIn) { echo "<li><a class='title' href='{$url}'>{$title}</a>"; if($subchildren = Page::get_children($child->id)) { echo "<ul class='nolist level2'>"; foreach($subchildren as $subchild) { if($subchild->has_published() || $loggedIn) { $title = ucwords($subchild->title); $url = !$subchild->get_slug($loggedIn) ? SITE_URL : SITE_URL . "/?page=".$subchild->get_slug($loggedIn); echo "<li><a href='{$url}'>{$title}</a>"; } } echo "</ul>"; } echo "</li>"; } echo "</ul>"; } echo "</div>"; } echo "</li>"; $topcount++; } ?> </ul> <div class="clear"></div> </div> </div> <div id="mediaLibraryPopup" class="mediaLibraryPopup"> <h3>Media Library</h3> <ul class="box nolist"></ul> <div class="clear"></div> <a href="#" class="cancel">Cancel</a> </div> <div class="main_content"> Does anyone have any idea why the PC Safari browser would be breaking things up like this? I'm assuming it's PHP related but I cannot figure out why it would do that.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 337 338 339 340 341 342  | Next Page >